RulesPal
Chat
Rulebook
FAQ
Frosthaven thumbnail

Frosthaven

681 questions players ask about Frosthaven, answered in plain words and graded by where the answer comes from. See also the full rulebook.

Updated 2026-10-25.

  • Setup and Components
  • Starting Classes: Banner Spear and Drifter
  • Starting Classes: Boneshaper and Deathwalker
  • Starting Classes: Blinkblade and Geminate
  • Unlockable Classes: Astral, Meteor, Shards and Trap
  • Unlockable Classes: Shackles, Snowflake, Fist and Kelp
  • Unlockable Classes: Coral, Prism and Drill
  • Creating a Character and Crossover Classes
Scenario Setup, Level and Battle Goals
  • Map Tiles, Terrain and Overlays
  • Card Selection, Initiative and Actions
  • Line of Sight, Range and Targeting
  • Elements
  • Movement, Jump, Teleport and Forced Movement
  • Attacks, Modifiers and Damage
  • Conditions
  • Heal, Shield, Retaliate and Active Bonuses
  • Summons, Allies and Commanding
  • Items
  • Resting, Damage and Exhaustion
  • Monster Focus and Movement
  • Monster Abilities, Bosses and Spawning
  • Specific Monsters
  • Ending a Scenario, Loot and Rewards
  • Specific Scenarios: 0 to 50
  • Specific Scenarios: 51 to 99
  • Specific Scenarios: 100 to 138
  • Campaign, Calendar and Stickers
  • Personal Quests and Retirement
  • Road and Outpost Events
  • Outpost Attacks and Defense
  • Buildings and Construction
  • Building 81 Trials, Favors and Pets
  • Leveling Up, Perks and Masteries
  • Crafting, Potions and Shopping
  • Enhancements
  • Game Variants and Solo Scenarios
  • Gloomhaven: Mercenary Pack – Hail, Irritable EnchanterExpansion
  • Setup and Components

    Which rule stickers should envelopes 24, 37, 44, 85 and 90 list?

    A publisher-affiliated account answered this directly on BGG in 2022, and the official FAQ agrees.

    • Har1 · Publisher · 2022-11-22
    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 1 First Printing Production Errors and Typos · 2026-10-05
    • Alphaeus · Community · 2022-11-23
    • MWAlbion · Community · 2022-12-29
    • rmsgrey · Community · 2023-06-24
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04

    First printings print the wrong numbers inside those flaps. Envelope 24 uses sticker 10, 37 uses 11 and 13, 44 (the Enhancer) uses 12 and 14, 85 uses 15, and 90 uses 1, 5, 8 and 9. The stickers are on the shared sticker sheets, not inside the envelopes.

    Which monster cards have misprints in the first printing?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 1.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 1 First Printing Production Errors and Typos · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • aeiou871 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04

    Three: the Chaos Demon's Chilling Breath is missing its value and should be Retaliate 2, Range 2; Savvas Icestorm's Frozen Shell should consume Ice, not Earth; and the elite Wind Demon at level 0 should have Move 3.

    Which event and town guard cards are misprinted?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 1.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 1 First Printing Production Errors and Typos · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04

    Town guard cards 1451 and 1452 should give +2 material resources. On winter road event WR-47, the first A outcome should say 'summer road deck', and the B outcome should remove SR-49 from the summer road deck instead of WR-47 from the winter deck.

    Are any item cards misprinted?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 1.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 1 First Printing Production Errors and Typos · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2025-01-19
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2025-01-19

    Yes: item 049 (Cruel Dagger) is missing its spent icon, and item 225 should be a one-hand item, not a body item. Second printings fixed them.

    What corrections apply to the Frosthaven rulebook?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 1, consistent with the rulebook's "Recover" section.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 1 First Printing Production Errors and Typos · 2026-10-05
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Recover
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04

    Active cards without a lost icon count as discarded for long rests (added to page 30), Recover is not a targeted ability (page 33), and the Wealth favor in Appendix F costs 2 points instead of 1.

    A scenario needs more of an overlay tile than the box has. Is something missing?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 1.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 1 First Printing Production Errors and Typos · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • DoctaWho · Community · 2023-01-02

    No. A few scenarios ask for more than exist, such as Scenario 17's five pressure plates, the barrels in 45 and 120, snow rocks in 52, corridors in 83 and debris in 109. Overlays aren't component-limited, so use a proxy or a functionally identical tile.

    What changed in the second printing apart from the errata?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 1.1.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 1.1 Second Printing Non-Errata Changes · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04

    Three non-errata changes: the Deathwalker's character mat changes noted in the FAQ are now printed on her mat, the Blinkblade's Make It Count bottom has Move 2 instead of Move 1 in its green box, and the Shackles' level 8 Wave of Anguish was renamed Wave of Suffering so it no longer shares a name with a Deathwalker card.

    Am I missing two boss standees?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 2.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 2 Component and First Time Setup Questions · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04

    Probably not. If the ones you can't find are 'FF' and 'SD', it will become clear later when you need them.

    What are the two coin loot cards (1418 and 1419) with numbers and checkboxes for?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 2.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 2 Component and First Time Setup Questions · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • skizzy00 · Community · 2022-11-27
    • jkglife · Community · 2023-01-07
    • DobbelB · Community · 2024-08-05
    • Lasserini · Community · 2023-03-23
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-05-01

    They belong to an unlockable campaign mechanic, so leave them out of loot decks until the game tells you to use them. You can store them in Envelope 74 without looking at its other contents; second printings already put them there. When they are unlocked, the instructions add them in addition to a scenario's normal money cards.

    Should we use the challenge cards and town guard perks from the start?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 2.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 2 Component and First Time Setup Questions · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2025-10-28
    • rmsgrey · Community · 2025-10-28
    • General_C · Community · 2022-12-23

    No. Both belong to campaign mechanics that are unlocked later, and the game makes it clear when to begin using them.

    What are the bless and curse tokens in the token tray for?

    The rulebook answers this in "Conditions", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Conditions
    • brianjudd · Community · 2023-03-25
    • rgripley · Community · 2023-03-25
    • crashace · Community · 2023-02-03

    Only for marking traps that bless or curse whoever springs them. Bless and curse themselves are always cards shuffled into an attack modifier deck, never tokens on a figure.

    What are the small squares, circles and diamonds on the ability cards?

    The rulebook answers this in "Character Ability Cards", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Character Ability Cards
    • Steinman · Community · 2023-03-29
    • Kampfwichtel · Community · 2023-03-29
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-04-14
    • KangaxxTheLich · Community · 2024-04-14

    Enhancement marks. They show where enhancements can go later in the campaign, and their shape limits which kinds fit; they have nothing to do with which effects are optional. Ignore them until enhancing is unlocked.

    What are the little symbols on some monster stat cards?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 6, consistent with the rulebook's "Capture" section.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 6 Monster Questions · 2026-10-05
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Capture
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04

    They belong to campaign mechanics that are still locked; you'll learn what they mean when that content opens. One of them marks monsters that can later be captured as pets.

    Why are monster initiative tokens a different colour on each side?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • JackFrosttiger · Community · 2024-02-22
    • SteoanK · Community · 2024-02-22

    So you can flip a set's token once it has acted. It helps when monsters revealed later in the round still need to act.

    Are we allowed to look through the monster ability decks?

    Only a single forum answer supports this; treat it as a best reading, not a ruling.

    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-07-21

    Yes. Monster ability cards aren't spoilers, so you may read them, though some groups prefer not to.

    Starting Classes: Banner Spear and Drifter

    Can the Banner Spear's banners move, and who decides where?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 8.3.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 8.3 Banner Spear · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-05-08
    • DoctaWho · Community · 2022-12-16
    • MrPyro · Community · 2023-02-21
    • Ryanelrichie · Community · 2022-12-19
    • CheddarLimbo · Community · 2023-02-12

    Only when granted a move, and then you decide how they move. A banner's move value is '–', so a 'Move X' grant works but a 'Move +X' bonus does nothing, and like other summons a banner can't open doors.

    Are the Banner Spear's banners allies: do they buff her, count for formations, and take conditions?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 8.3.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 8.3 Banner Spear · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • DobbelB · Community · 2023-01-15
    • DobbelB · Community · 2024-09-07
    • skizzy00 · Community · 2023-12-22
    • Ganashal · Community · 2022-12-19
    • Gopher of Pern · Community · 2023-03-23

    Yes. Banners are summons, so you are their ally and get their aura effects, and they count as allies in formation hexes and for cards that need an adjacent ally. Monsters can target them and give them conditions like any summon. A banner never affects itself, since a figure isn't its own ally.

    Can Banner Spear formation patterns be rotated or mirrored?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 8.3, consistent with the rulebook's "Area of Effect" section.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 8.3 Banner Spear · 2026-10-05
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Area of Effect
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-02-07
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-03-21
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-03-21
    • skizzy00 · Community · 2020-05-06

    Yes, like any area pattern: rotate or mirror the whole pattern (so on Combined Effort you can stand on either side of your ally), but you can't move individual hexes or resize it.

    For a formation's blue hex, does the ally need to be in line of sight, and can it be invisible or beyond a wall?

    A publisher-affiliated account answered this directly on BGG in 2020, and the official FAQ agrees, consistent with the rulebook's "Area of Effect" section.

    • Morthai · Publisher · 2020-04-02
    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 8.3 Banner Spear · 2026-10-05
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Area of Effect
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • Steinman · Community · 2025-04-22
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2023-04-27
    • VampireHunterD · Community · 2020-04-02

    An ally must actually occupy the blue hex or the attack can't be performed (use the card's basic action instead). You need line of sight to that ally, but it can be on the other side of a wall as long as you can see it. An invisible ally counts, since the ally isn't targeted.

    Can single-target items like the Crude Spear or Battle Axe be used with formation attacks that have one red hex, like Combined Effort?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 8.3.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 8.3 Banner Spear · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-05-13
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-02-17
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-05-14
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-02-18

    No. Any attack with a red-hex area pattern is never a single-target attack for item purposes, however many enemies it hits. For enhancement costs, though, such one-red-hex attacks count as single-target, so they aren't doubled.

    How does the Banner Spear's formation attack mastery work?

    A publisher-affiliated account answered this directly on BGG in 2022, and the official FAQ agrees.

    • Har1 · Publisher · 2022-03-02
    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 8.3 Banner Spear · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2023-03-25
    • Ganashal · Community · 2023-02-21
    • Vahnt · Community · 2023-02-21
    • MoozieFoozie · Community · 2023-03-28
    • TabletopHaven · Community · 2024-11-28disagrees

    In a single scenario, attack at least three enemies with each of three different formation attack actions. The enemies can be the same ones each time, but the three formation actions must be different, and each one has to hit three enemies by itself; spreading hits across several uses doesn't count. It's generally impossible before level 3 unless an item or enhancement helps. The other mastery, about summoning a banner, has no such barrier and can be done early.

    Do the abilities after a formation attack (like Let Them Come's heal) need the formation attack to have been made?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 8.3.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 8.3 Banner Spear · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-02-27
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-02-27
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2023-03-24
    • JoshuasJots · Community · 2024-09-10disagrees
    • DMountford · Community · 2023-02-27disagrees

    Yes. Any ability in the action that refers to the formation needs the formation attack to have been performed; if no enemy was attacked in the formation, the heal or bless doesn't happen.

    Does Boldening Blow attack every enemy in its red hexes?

    The designer ruled on this directly on BGG in 2020, and the official FAQ agrees.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2020-03-28
    • Morthai · Publisher · 2020-03-25
    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 8.3 Banner Spear · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • skizzy00 · Community · 2022-11-15
    • DoctaWho · Community · 2020-03-25disagrees

    No. Its Attack and Disarm hit a single enemy of your choice in the depicted area; the pattern is there to show where your allies must stand, and those allies are blessed.

    Does Set for the Charge's top work with forced movement as well as normal movement?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 8.3.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 8.3 Banner Spear · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04

    Yes, it works with both.

    For the Banner Spear's At All Costs, is the self-damage one source or one per healed ally?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 8.3.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 8.3 Banner Spear · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-08-08
    • Quarthinos · Community · 2023-01-26
    • Althizor · Community · 2023-01-26disagrees

    Each 1 damage for an ally whose hit points increased is its own source of damage, so it can be negated or reduced separately. It isn't attack damage, so shields don't reduce it, and you may leave allies out of the 'target all' heal.

    How does Banner of Strength's +1 attack work?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2023-01-28
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-28
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-02-14
    • MrPyro · Community · 2023-03-28
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-03-19
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-04-09
    • Malakizedek · Community · 2023-01-28disagrees

    It's an aura checked when the attack happens: the attacker must be within range 2 of the banner at that moment (for a Deathwalker shadow attack, the shadow must be). It boosts one attack per figure's turn, so only one target of an area attack, chosen by whoever controls that figure, and it works from the moment the banner is summoned.

    Does Banner of Hope's heal come before wound damage at the start of a turn, and what does it heal?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • a1bert · Community · 2023-05-04
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-03-19
    • Ganashal · Community · 2023-03-19
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-03-29
    • Gopher of Pern · Community · 2023-03-23
    • skizzy00 · Community · 2023-05-20
    • tman121 · Community · 2023-03-19disagrees

    You choose the order, since both happen at the start of your turn (unlike Regenerate, which always resolves first). It heals allies whose turns start in its range, not objectives (they take no turns) and not the banner itself, and it applies from the round it's summoned for allies who haven't acted yet.

    Can the Banner Spear choose which ally's damage the Banner of Valor negates?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2023-04-04
    • skizzy00 · Community · 2023-04-04

    No. It's the banner's ability, so it automatically negates the first damage any ally adjacent to it would suffer each round.

    For the Banner Spear's banner mastery, do I have to stay within 3 hexes of the banner during movement too?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • JoannaPlay · Community · 2024-12-12
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-12-12

    Yes. The requirement applies at all times, so going farther mid-move fails it even if you end within 3.

    For the Banner Spear's Resolved Courage, is adjacency checked when the card is played or when the attack is made?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • a1bert · Community · 2023-03-28
    • Solmyr1414 · Community · 2023-03-28
    • General_C · Community · 2022-11-16

    When the attack is made. The next attack ability that round by you or an ally adjacent to you at that moment uses it up, applying to every target of that one ability.

    When does the Drifter gain experience from a persistent card's track?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2023-02-07
    • General_C · Community · 2023-02-07
    • JimA759 · Community · 2023-12-03
    • DobbelB · Community · 2023-06-09
    • baldeaglemeat · Community · 2024-02-28

    Whenever the token moves forward onto an experience icon, for whatever reason, even if it earned that icon earlier in the scenario. Moving a token backward never gives experience.

    Are the Drifter's use-slot persistent bonuses optional, and can I save a card on its last slot by moving its token back?

    The rulebook answers this in "Active Bonuses", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Active Bonuses
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • a1bert · Community · 2024-01-23
    • Daziel · Community · 2024-01-23
    • DoctaWho · Community · 2023-01-12
    • Ganashal · Community · 2023-03-25
    • thebaker1983 · Community · 2023-05-28

    Advancing is mandatory: whenever the trigger happens, the token moves, even with no benefit. Moving tokens back is optional. Once the last slot is used the card is lost when that ability finishes, so another card can't move it back to keep it, and dismissing a lost persistent early still sends it to the lost pile.

    Can the Drifter's effects that move tokens back (like Fierce Barrage) move tokens on items?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • Solmyr1414 · Community · 2023-04-28
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2023-04-28
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2020-04-29superseded

    No. The printed Drifter mat says these effects only move tokens on ability card use slots, not on items, and never other characters' tokens. A 2020 pre-release designer answer allowing item tokens came before the final mat.

    How does the Drifter's Precision Aim work if its charges run out partway through a multi-target attack?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • General_C · Community · 2022-11-18

    For a red-hex area ability, the first attack sets the range for the whole ability. Otherwise the +1 range is gone as soon as the last charge is used, so later targets don't get it.

    What does the Drifter's Continuous Health boost?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2025-01-15
    • a1bert · Community · 2022-12-20
    • dbaker · Community · 2023-07-18
    • General_C · Community · 2023-02-02
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2023-03-28

    Every heal ability the Drifter performs, on anyone: card heals, long rest heals, Regenerate the Drifter has, item heals. It doesn't boost heals other figures perform on the Drifter or healing traps. Since long rest and Regenerate heals are optional, you can skip them to save a charge.

    How long do the shields from the Drifter's Unbreakable and Chunk of Flesh last, and are charges used if damage is already 0?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-04-28
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2023-04-28
    • TheDarkestRat · Community · 2024-10-25
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-12-09
    • Solmyr1414 · Community · 2023-04-28disagrees

    Each charge gives its shield against one damaging attack and ends with it, so two attacks use two charges. You order your shields, and once other shields reduce an attack to 0 it's no longer a source of damage, so no charge is used; a null doesn't use one either.

    Does the Drifter's Crushing Weight use one charge per target of a multi-target melee attack, and when is its bonus added?

    A publisher-affiliated account answered this directly on BGG in 2022, consistent with the rulebook's "Attack Modification Order" section.

    • Har1 · Publisher · 2022-12-17
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Attack Modification Order
    • DMRage · Community · 2022-12-17
    • dbaker · Community · 2023-07-18
    • BonusJonas · Community · 2023-02-19
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-02-26

    One per target, since each target is a separate attack, and it applies to any melee attack even on non-adjacent hexes of an area. The bonus is added with other attack bonuses before the modifier is drawn, so a null still means 0 and a x2 doubles it.

    Do loot cards from the Drifter's Scavenger or loot-redraw perks count for personal quests about looting tokens?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • Steinman · Community · 2023-04-20
    • crashace · Community · 2023-01-27
    • rmsgrey · Community · 2023-04-25

    No. Those quests count only what you get from looting loot tokens; cards gained through a perk aren't looted from tokens. The redraw comes from the scenario's loot deck, so it does nothing once that deck is empty.

    Does the Drifter's Relentless retaliate trigger on melee attacks too, and does it stack?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • coolscribe · Community · 2023-02-16
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-02-16
    • General_C · Community · 2023-02-07
    • Alphaeus · Community · 2023-02-09
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-03-12

    It triggers on any attack by an enemy within range 2, melee or ranged. Each such attack uses a charge and gets Retaliate 2 for that attack only; it doesn't build up, though it adds to other retaliate. Moving tokens back with it must target two different persistent abilities.

    How does the optional token advance on the Drifter's Fortitude work?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • DobbelB · Community · 2023-06-09
    • Ganashal · Community · 2023-06-09
    • sageleader · Community · 2023-10-14
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-03-12
    • jlajkosz · Community · 2024-09-13

    It's an optional cost: you may advance one of your persistent tokens to give the attack +2 range, which makes it a ranged attack, and if the token moves onto an experience icon you gain that experience as usual. You can decline it.

    Can the Banner Spear's Hail of Spears teleport stunned or immobilized banners, and to different targets?

    The rulebook answers this in "Forced Movement", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Forced Movement
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-07-13
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-07-13
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-07-07
    • General_C · Community · 2023-07-07

    Yes. It is the Banner Spear's own ability teleporting other figures, not a grant, so the banners' conditions don't matter, and each adjacent banner is handled separately, so they can go next to different targets of the attack.

    Starting Classes: Boneshaper and Deathwalker

    When the Deathwalker attacks 'as if occupying' a shadow's hex, what is measured from the shadow?

    The designer ruled on this directly on BGG in 2022, and the official FAQ agrees, consistent with the rulebook's "Line-of-Sight" section.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2022-11-11
    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 8.4 Deathwalker · 2026-10-05
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Line-of-Sight
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-02-27
    • albcann · Community · 2023-02-24
    • rmsgrey · Community · 2026-03-08
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-08-16
    • Doggo91 · Community · 2022-11-11

    Everything except retaliate. Range, line of sight, push and pull direction and auras such as a Banner Spear banner all use the shadow's hex, and the Deathwalker herself needs no line of sight to the shadow or the target. Retaliate only hits her if her real figure is within its range. With no range listed the attack is melee; with a range, it is ranged.

    Can the Deathwalker use Fluid Night's top or similar 'as if occupying a shadow' attacks without a shadow on the map?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 8.4.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 8.4 Deathwalker · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-04-16
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-03-31
    • thebaker1983 · Community · 2026-01-01
    • Althizor · Community · 2023-01-30
    • JimA759 · Community · 2024-06-06
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-03-26

    No. Attacking from a shadow's hex, and removing that shadow afterwards, is part of how the ability works, not an optional extra, so without a shadow the attack can't be made; use the basic Attack 2 instead. Ordinary attacks never reach through shadows.

    Which shadow can Strength of the Abyss remove, and how many attacks does it boost?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 8.4.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 8.4 Deathwalker · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-03-30
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2023-01-31
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-03-16
    • Ganashal · Community · 2023-08-07
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2022-11-28
    • ddturnerphd · Community · 2026-04-21
    • Altropos · Community · 2023-01-31disagrees

    It can't remove a shadow that the action you're boosting uses in any way: as the attack's origin, for a bonus (such as Ritual Sacrifice's count), as a cost, or earlier in the same action. With two shadows you can use one for each. It boosts one attack within an attack ability, chosen before the modifier is drawn, though abilities that grant several separate attack abilities, like Wave of Anguish, can each use it.

    Can all of Wave of Anguish's attacks hit the same enemy?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 8.4.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 8.4 Deathwalker · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • skizzy00 · Community · 2022-11-28
    • General_C · Community · 2022-11-28
    • RazR · Community · 2023-06-16
    • brunowolff · Community · 2022-11-28disagrees

    Yes. Each shadow gives a separate Attack 3 ability performed from that shadow, so if several shadows are adjacent to one enemy, it can be attacked by each of them.

    Does Call of the Abyss create a shadow when the marked enemy is an objective that gets destroyed?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 8.4; it replaces an earlier ruling.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 8.4 Deathwalker · 2026-10-05
    • SusanG · Community · 2023-01-04
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-05-01
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2023-05-01
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-08-03
    • Har1 · Publisher · 2022-12-17superseded
    • Har1 · Publisher · 2022-12-17superseded

    No. You can mark an objective, but objectives are destroyed rather than killed, so 'when that enemy dies' never triggers. A 2022 answer on BGG said it did work; the official FAQ later reversed that after checking with the designer.

    How does Call of the Abyss marking work: more than one token, multi-target attacks, and who must make the kill?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 8.4.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 8.4 Deathwalker · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • Madmullet · Community · 2021-06-14
    • Jack Spirio · Community · 2021-06-14
    • NigelH · Community · 2023-02-05
    • Ganashal · Community · 2023-02-03

    Only one enemy can carry its token at a time; marking a new enemy moves the token. You place it before drawing the modifier, so in a multi-target attack you can mark each target in turn as earlier ones die. The shadow appears whenever the marked enemy dies, whoever or whatever kills it.

    Where can Deathwalker shadows be placed or moved?

    The designer ruled on this directly on BGG in 2022, and the official FAQ agrees.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2022-11-12
    • Morthai · Publisher · 2020-04-01
    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 8.4 Deathwalker · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • DobbelB · Community · 2023-02-04
    • General_C · Community · 2023-02-04
    • skizzy00 · Community · 2023-02-04
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-10-20

    Into any hex except walls, closed doors and hexes with another shadow: obstacles, traps, objectives and enemy hexes are all fine, and 'without hindrance' simply means terrain, figures and obstacles don't slow them. Shadows can pass through other shadows but not end on them, and they can't open doors or enter unrevealed rooms.

    Is an enemy standing on a Deathwalker shadow adjacent to that shadow?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 8.4.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 8.4 Deathwalker · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • CheddarLimbo · Community · 2023-01-17
    • jkglife · Community · 2023-01-17
    • Althizor · Community · 2022-11-14
    • Ganashal · Community · 2024-01-10

    Yes. A shadow counts as adjacent to its own hex for all purposes, so abilities hitting enemies adjacent to a shadow include one standing on it; this is an exception to the usual rule. It doesn't make different shadow hexes adjacent to each other, and newly placed shadows use normal adjacency.

    What happens to Deathwalker shadows when scenario rules move the characters and summons to a new tile?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 8.4.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 8.4 Deathwalker · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • dfan · Community · 2023-06-16
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-06-16
    • coerciveutopian · Community · 2023-02-01
    • tobyskov · Community · 2023-06-16disagrees

    Move the shadows the same way, on the Deathwalker's initiative. The FAQ made this a general rule after Scenario 21, whose text should mention character tokens.

    What counts as removing shadows for the Deathwalker's masteries?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 8.4.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 8.4 Deathwalker · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-03-23
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-04-14
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-04-14
    • General_C · Community · 2023-05-04
    • Gusshanks · Community · 2025-06-10

    Any removal by your abilities counts, including shadows you must take off for going over the limit and shadows replaced by Eclipse, and a shadow from Call of the Abyss counts as created even if an ally made the kill.

    For Sunless Apparition, where must the removed shadow be, and where does the summon go?

    The designer ruled on this directly on BGG in 2022.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2022-11-12
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2022-11-13
    • DoctaWho · Community · 2023-02-02
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-16
    • Althizor · Community · 2022-11-13disagrees

    The removed shadow must be adjacent to the Deathwalker (or in her own hex), not anywhere on the map. The summon is then placed in any empty hex adjacent to her as usual, not necessarily where the shadow was.

    Does Fluid Night's bottom stop an attack's other effects, and can I use it while stunned?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • coerciveutopian · Community · 2023-06-25
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-06-26
    • dbaker · Community · 2023-09-01
    • a1bert · Community · 2024-03-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-04-02

    It negates only the damage, so the attack's conditions, pushes and pulls still apply, with forced movement starting from the shadow you moved to. While stunned you can still use the damage negation, since it's an active bonus, but not the teleport, which is an ability. Moving shadows from a persistent bonus is also an ability, so stun stops it.

    Is Deepening Despair's attack ranged, and does shadow-to-shadow movement interact with icy terrain?

    The designer ruled on this directly on BGG in 2023, and the official FAQ agrees.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2023-04-24
    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 8.4 Deathwalker · 2026-10-05
    • skizzy00 · Community · 2022-11-28
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-04-26

    It is ranged: it lists a range, so it needs line of sight from the Deathwalker and has disadvantage adjacent. Moving into or out of a shadow has no direction, so it never causes an icy slide, and a slide can't stop on a shadow to hop to another.

    Can the Deathwalker open a door with Shadow Step?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 8.4.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 8.4 Deathwalker · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • QBert80 · Community · 2024-01-18
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-01-18
    • jlajkosz · Community · 2024-01-18disagrees

    Yes, as long as she has a shadow hex to end in. If opening the door makes ending in a shadow impossible, the move ends at once.

    Does Anger of the Dead's bottom need line of sight, and do monsters avoid the shadow hexes?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • Xaqery · Community · 2023-02-06
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-05-28
    • KangaxxTheLich · Community · 2024-07-28

    No line of sight is needed, since the bottom is a round-long rule rather than a targeted ability. Shadow hexes don't become negative hexes, so monsters path through them normally.

    What counts toward the Boneshaper's mastery of killing 15 of your own summons?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 8.5.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 8.5 Boneshaper · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • zxern · Community · 2022-12-11
    • Bum8888 · Community · 2022-12-11
    • General_C · Community · 2022-11-29
    • General_C · Community · 2024-12-15
    • Solmyr1414 · Community · 2023-05-14
    • GigaMunchkin · Community · 2022-12-11disagrees

    Only kills from your own abilities and perk modifiers that explicitly kill a summon, such as Exploding Corpse, all within one scenario. Dismissing a summon, losing it to enemies, or walking it into a trap doesn't count.

    Who is healed by the Boneshaper modifier showing Heal 1 with the Boneshaper icon?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 8.5.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 8.5 Boneshaper · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • danom · Community · 2023-04-10
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2023-04-10
    • Ganashal · Community · 2022-11-30
    • Steinman · Community · 2023-12-08
    • greenraingw · Community · 2023-01-29

    Always the Boneshaper, whether she or one of her summons draws it. Whoever draws it performs the heal, so a summon needs line of sight to her. A modifier that says 'self' heals whoever drew it.

    Is the Boneshaper's '+1, kill the attacking summon to add +4 instead' modifier mandatory?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 8.5.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 8.5 Boneshaper · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • Wachunga · Community · 2023-04-09
    • tman121 · Community · 2023-09-05
    • DobbelB · Community · 2023-02-03
    • General_C · Community · 2024-04-11

    No. Killing the summon is optional; otherwise it's a +1, and if the Boneshaper draws it herself it's just +1. It never applies to Exploding Corpse or Putrid Cloud attacks, because the Boneshaper makes those attacks, so there's no attacking summon.

    Who performs the attacks from Exploding Corpse, and can retaliate kill the designated summon partway?

    A publisher-affiliated account answered this directly on BGG in 2023, and the official FAQ agrees.

    • Themris · Publisher · 2023-04-24
    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 8.5 Boneshaper · 2026-10-05
    • DobbelB · Community · 2023-04-24
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • Wachunga · Community · 2023-04-09
    • a1bert · Community · 2022-12-22

    The Boneshaper does: they are her melee attacks against enemies adjacent to the designated summon, using her line of sight and active bonuses, not the summon's traits. So retaliate only applies if she herself is in range, and the summon can't die mid-ability that way.

    How does the Boneshaper's perk that summons at the start of the scenario work?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 8.5.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 8.5 Boneshaper · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • Wachunga · Community · 2023-04-09
    • General_C · Community · 2023-02-02
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2023-02-27
    • danom · Community · 2023-04-13
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2023-01-24

    You perform the chosen summon action before round 1, so you suffer its damage and gain its experience. The summon acts normally in round 1, before you, and an element the card infuses (like Angry Spirits' Dark) is strong at the start of round 1.

    How do skeletons join the Bone Horde from Endless Numbers?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 8.5.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 8.5 Boneshaper · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • General_C · Community · 2022-11-30
    • General_C · Community · 2022-11-30
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-03-20
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-09-20
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2025-04-29

    A skeleton is absorbed only when it ends its movement on the Bone Horde; one passing through can't stop early. On their own turns skeletons follow monster AI, which treats the Horde as a legal end hex, and you choose where they go only with granted moves. You can't summon into its hex or move the Horde onto a skeleton, and a full Horde still kills skeletons that end there.

    How many Shambling Skeletons can the Boneshaper have out at once?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • DobbelB · Community · 2023-07-31
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-07-31
    • QBert80 · Community · 2025-07-05
    • QBert80 · Community · 2025-07-05

    There's no special cap: the class has six skeleton standees, matching what its cards can summon (one higher-level card summons two). At level 1 the available cards only summon three.

    Does the self-damage from summoning a skeleton remove Regenerate, and can Ward reduce it?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • ddturnerphd · Community · 2025-04-12
    • jgsugden · Community · 2025-11-07
    • DobbelB · Community · 2023-02-19
    • BonusJonas · Community · 2023-02-19

    Yes to both. It is ordinary damage, so suffering it removes Regenerate, and Ward or other damage reduction can lower it; negating it entirely keeps Regenerate.

    Can the Boneshaper skip a card's summon but still take its mandatory self-damage for the experience?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-02-17
    • Althizor · Community · 2022-11-20
    • Ganashal · Community · 2022-11-19
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-02-17
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-02-16disagrees

    Yes. The boxed self-damage is a separate ability, so you can perform it alone and gain the action's experience; the designer reportedly saw no reason to forbid it.

    How does Putrid Cloud's persistent effect work against multi-target and ranged attacks?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 8.5.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 8.5 Boneshaper · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2022-12-23
    • General_C · Community · 2022-12-23
    • jkglife · Community · 2023-04-23
    • QBert80 · Community · 2023-07-12
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-12-20

    It triggers after each individual attack against a protected figure, so an enemy can die partway through its attack ability. It still applies if the summon dies from the attack, and it can't be skipped; to stop it, remove the card.

    Does Malicious Conversion give experience for both its own action and the summon it plays from the discard pile?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • Wachunga · Community · 2023-04-09
    • Yknits · Community · 2023-01-06
    • Ganashal · Community · 2023-01-06
    • General_C · Community · 2022-11-30
    • Ganashal · Community · 2022-11-30

    Yes. You gain Malicious Conversion's experience and perform the whole summon action, its experience and reduced self-damage included. The summon itself is optional, as it isn't in a mandatory box.

    Starting Classes: Blinkblade and Geminate

    What exactly is mandatory in the Blinkblade's fast and slow boxes?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 8.2.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 8.2 Blinkblade · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • Althizor · Community · 2023-02-11
    • ftl_ftw · Community · 2023-02-11
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2023-04-06
    • KangaxxTheLich · Community · 2023-04-06
    • Ganashal · Community · 2024-03-23
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-07-17
    • meziemer · Community · 2023-02-11disagrees

    An ability that sits wholly inside the box (an added move, attack or suffer-damage) must be performed if you're able: move at least one hex, or attack an enemy in range, though you needn't move into range or hit every possible target. Effects the box adds to another ability must be added, but you can then use that ability normally, such as declining Blurry Jab's wound or pushing 0. If you can't perform it (immobilized, disarmed, no target), it's skipped.

    Does the Blinkblade have to pay costs inside fast or slow boxes, like poisoning herself on Power Leak or spending a time token?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 8.2.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 8.2 Blinkblade · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-02-14
    • Deano2099 · Community · 2023-02-15
    • Ganashal · Community · 2023-01-04
    • retupmoc258 · Community · 2023-03-13
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-04-06
    • Ganashal · Community · 2023-01-04disagrees

    No. Paying a cost to trigger something is always optional, even inside a mandatory box; skip the cost and you just don't get that effect. You can also pay it and then not use what it bought, such as Power Leak's extra target.

    Do fast or slow effects apply when the Blinkblade uses a card for its basic Move 2 or Attack 2?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 8.2.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 8.2 Blinkblade · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2022-12-21
    • skizzy00 · Community · 2022-12-21
    • willadams33 · Community · 2023-06-29
    • ftl_ftw · Community · 2024-03-26

    No. A basic action ignores everything printed on that half, fast and slow boxes included. You're still fast or slow for everything else that round, and effects that trigger on taking a fast or slow action still trigger. If you use the card's real ability, you can't ignore the applicable fast or slow modifiers.

    When does the Blinkblade's Hit and Run trigger, and is its Move 3 mandatory?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 8.2.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 8.2 Blinkblade · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • bartoszopka · Community · 2023-02-10
    • donnyrides · Community · 2023-02-10
    • Althizor · Community · 2023-02-10
    • Althizor · Community · 2023-02-10
    • Gopher of Pern · Community · 2023-07-18
    • bartoszopka · Community · 2023-02-10disagrees

    After an attack action, meaning a card half on which you actually performed at least one attack; choosing an attack card and not attacking doesn't count, and attacks someone grants you aren't your attack action. It triggers once per action, not per attack. The Move 3 itself is optional, but the token still advances each time it triggers.

    When does Overdrive's slow Shield 1 (or fast bonus) apply?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 8.2.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 8.2 Blinkblade · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • Ganashal · Community · 2022-12-02
    • skizzy00 · Community · 2022-12-02
    • loren_dambrosio · Community · 2024-01-18
    • rmsgrey · Community · 2020-04-14

    Overdrive's top is an ongoing effect once it's in your active area: in later rounds you gain the matching bonus as soon as you declare fast or slow, before anyone acts, for the whole round. It does nothing in the round you first play it.

    How does the monster from the Blinkblade's Fractured Timeline behave?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 8.2.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 8.2 Blinkblade · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • zxern · Community · 2025-01-04
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-01-18
    • bartoszopka · Community · 2024-03-25
    • Bernaar · Community · 2024-03-25
    • ddturnerphd · Community · 2024-03-25disagrees

    It's a spawned allied monster, not your summon, so it acts on its own type's initiative (that same round, even if the initiative has already passed). You never control a controlled or allied monster's summons; they're enemies to you and to it.

    Does the Blinkblade's Borrowed Time trigger on basic actions or a long rest, and is it optional?

    A publisher-affiliated account answered this directly on BGG in 2021.

    • Har1 · Publisher · 2021-06-14
    • Har1 · Publisher · 2021-06-14
    • DobbelB · Community · 2023-07-25
    • aggblade · Community · 2023-07-25
    • QBert80 · Community · 2023-07-19
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-07-20

    Basic Attack 2 and Move 2 count, since they are actions you perform. A long rest's heal is an ability, not an action, so it doesn't, and neither does an action where you couldn't perform any ability. It has use slots, so it's mandatory whenever its condition is met, even if unhelpful.

    How does the Blinkblade's Double Time interact with fast effects on other cards?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • jkglife · Community · 2024-05-07
    • thorbot · Community · 2024-05-07
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2023-04-09
    • meyberg · Community · 2025-01-28
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-11-26

    Each fast effect happens twice, separately. A '+2 move' bonus is added twice to the same move (Move 3 becomes Move 7), an effect that grants Loot 1 gives two Loot 1 abilities, and experience in the repeated part is gained each time. Extra targets bought by poisoning yourself usually can only be taken once, since the first payment poisons you.

    How does the Blinkblade's rolling perk card that goes to the active area for +2 on the next attack work?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • bartoszopka · Community · 2023-03-04
    • ftl_ftw · Community · 2023-09-26
    • General_C · Community · 2023-03-04
    • randomcaller1 · Community · 2026-03-17
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2023-04-27

    It's a rolling +0: keep drawing for the current attack and put the card in your active area. Your next attack draws a modifier as usual and adds the +2 as a bonus before discarding the card, even with disadvantage then; a null on that attack wastes it. Drawn during a disadvantaged attack, it's simply discarded.

    How does the Blinkblade's Breakneck Speed work?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2023-04-24
    • I Eat Tables · Community · 2026-08-25
    • Xaqery · Community · 2023-04-09
    • Jack Spirio · Community · 2021-06-14
    • zxern · Community · 2021-06-14

    You play three cards instead of two, one setting initiative, and perform three actions with at least one top and one bottom. Its damage happens during card selection, before anyone's turn. You may still play two cards or long rest; the token advances anyway, and with too few cards the extra benefit is lost.

    Does the Blinkblade declare fast or slow on a round she long rests?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • Sudsey2 · Community · 2023-02-16
    • oughgh · Community · 2020-04-06
    • mhl7 · Community · 2020-04-06

    Yes, she always declares, and can even go fast if she has a time token to spend; slow is the usual choice. Effects like Hit and Run still need an actual attack to trigger.

    Can the Blinkblade's Systems Reboot recover itself?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • MrPyro · Community · 2020-07-05
    • a1bert · Community · 2020-07-05
    • ftl_ftw · Community · 2023-11-15

    No. A card only reaches the discard pile once fully resolved, so it can't return itself, though it can return a card that finished earlier that turn. Once active, every remaining card's slow boxes are ignored and fast boxes apply.

    Does the Geminate really have two hands?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 8.6.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 8.6 Geminate · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • General_C · Community · 2023-02-06
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2023-02-06
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2022-12-23
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-02-24
    • loren_dambrosio · Community · 2024-06-25
    • Deformograph · Community · 2022-11-30
    • Quarthinos · Community · 2022-12-23disagrees

    No. It has one hand of 14 cards with a restriction: you bring exactly 7 of each form and during card selection may only play cards of your current form, even for basic actions. Otherwise it's one hand, so you can lose a card of either form to negate damage, persistent cards keep working after you switch, and each level-up adds just one card.

    Does the Geminate switch forms if it plays a switch card but performs none of its abilities?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 8.6.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 8.6 Geminate · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • tolhs · Community · 2022-11-19
    • Peter_panq · Community · 2022-11-19
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-12-22

    No. Switching isn't an ability, so you must perform at least one ability of that action for the switch to happen, just as with experience or infusions.

    Can the Geminate trigger two switch symbols in one turn, and when does the switch happen?

    The designer ruled on this directly on BGG in 2022.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2022-12-23
    • Morthai · Publisher · 2021-08-12
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-05-01
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2023-02-22
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04

    You may use cards with switch symbols on both actions, but only one switch happens, during the end-of-turn wrap-up. So a card played afterwards in the same turn (for example via an end-of-turn effect) still comes from your current form, and an extra turn granted by another class's card doesn't switch you.

    How do the Geminate's 'only range X/Y' attacks work with area patterns and range items?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 8.6.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 8.6 Geminate · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2023-01-30
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-30
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-06-28
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2025-03-11

    A target must be both in the pattern and at one of the allowed ranges, so you hit the overlap, and that still applies to alternative patterns such as Locust Host's. Items and abilities that change range don't affect precise ranges at all, so range items are poor picks.

    Do persistent loss cards count for the Geminate's mastery about losing cards?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 8.6.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 8.6 Geminate · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • Steinman · Community · 2023-04-24
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2023-04-24

    Yes. Playing a persistent loss card counts as losing a card for the mastery, even though it sits in your active area for a while first.

    Can the Geminate skip Hornet Stingers' attack and still poison allies and switch forms?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 8.6.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 8.6 Geminate · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-03-10
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2023-03-10
    • Althizor · Community · 2022-11-20

    No. The poison refers to the attack's area, so without performing the attack there are no red hexes, nothing else can be done, and with no ability performed there's no switch either.

    When do the Geminate's self-conditions on Smoldering Hatred apply?

    A publisher-affiliated account answered this directly on BGG in 2024, and the official FAQ agrees.

    • Morthai · Publisher · 2024-03-27
    • Morthai · Publisher · 2022-12-17
    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 8.6 Geminate · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-02-08
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-12-20
    • gewl · Community · 2022-12-16disagrees

    First. Anything before the colon is a cost paid before the effect, so you're cursed and muddled before the attack, which therefore has disadvantage. It still works if no curse cards are left; the curse just has no effect.

    On the Geminate's Reckless Jab or Smoldering Hatred, must I take both self-conditions to get either bonus?

    A publisher-affiliated account answered this directly on BGG in 2026.

    • Morthai · Publisher · 2026-09-11

    No. Each 'condition self' clause buys its own bonus, so you can take either, both or neither.

    Is the Geminate's basic Attack 2 ranged when it's in ranged form?

    A publisher-affiliated account answered this directly on BGG in 2023.

    • Morthai · Publisher · 2023-02-06
    • Ryanelrichie · Community · 2023-02-06
    • rmsgrey · Community · 2023-02-06
    • thorbot · Community · 2025-11-05

    No. The basic Attack 2 is always a melee attack; the form doesn't change basic actions.

    Why does the Geminate's Locust Host have a round bonus icon?

    A publisher-affiliated account answered this directly on BGG in 2023.

    • Morthai · Publisher · 2023-02-06
    • Morthai · Publisher · 2023-02-06
    • DobbelB · Community · 2024-11-19
    • Sagiro · Community · 2023-03-05

    It's left over from an earlier version and does nothing. The action is still a lost action, and the card doesn't stay out until the end of the round.

    For the Geminate perk that recovers a card after a lost action, which card's level limits the one recovered?

    A publisher-affiliated account answered this directly on BGG in 2023.

    • Themris · Publisher · 2023-02-02
    • Quarthinos · Community · 2023-02-02

    The card you discard. The recovered card can't be a higher level than the one you discard for it.

    Do Changeling's Boon and Harvest the Essence repeat their bless, ward or form switch every turn?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 8.6.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 8.6 Geminate · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • Emeriel · Community · 2023-03-14
    • OddKnob · Community · 2023-03-14
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-04-22
    • KangaxxTheLich · Community · 2023-12-15

    No. Their bless, ward, experience and form switch happen once, when played. Only the end-of-turn element conversion is persistent, it works in either form, and it can't use an element infused that same turn.

    If another character uses a Blinkblade or Geminate card (via the Tinkerer's Chimeric Formula), how does it work?

    The designer ruled on this directly on BGG in 2021.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2021-03-22

    A non-Blinkblade is neither fast nor slow, so no fast or slow effects apply and either initiative may be used. A non-Geminate is in neither form, so the card works normally and its switch icon is ignored.

    Unlockable Classes: Astral, Meteor, Shards and Trap

    How do the Astral's Infusions work: is the element cost paid every round, and what triggers their on-infusion abilities?

    A publisher-affiliated account answered this directly on BGG in 2025, and the official FAQ agrees.

    • Morthai · Publisher · 2025-07-28
    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 8.7 "Astral" · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • rmsgrey · Community · 2024-09-30
    • jkglife · Community · 2024-09-30
    • jkglife · Community · 2025-07-30

    You consume the listed elements once, when you play the Infusion; its persistent bonus then lasts while the card is in play, and paying again later doesn't re-trigger anything. Its on-infusion ability fires when it's played and again each time you play another Infusion, in any order you like. Spending elements on an ordinary card is just that card's cost and triggers nothing.

    Does the Astral's Animated Claymore (Imbue with Life) get Infusion triggers, and what about its Disarm?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 8.7.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 8.7 "Astral" · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • General_C · Community · 2022-12-31
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-11-11
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-08-07
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-06-10

    It benefits from your active Infusions' persistent effects (as do the other Astral summons, extra hit points included), but not their on-infusion triggers; only the level 8 Spiritbound Falchion gets those. Its 'gain Disarm whenever you don't have it' is mandatory, so a Shackles taking that Disarm just sees it come straight back. You can dismiss the summon at any time outside an ability.

    How does the Astral's Stoic Vigilance redirect attacks?

    A publisher-affiliated account answered this directly on BGG in 2024.

    • Morthai · Publisher · 2024-03-25
    • jeffwolfe · Community · 2024-03-25
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2026-04-03

    A redirected attack targets the Astral regardless of the attack's range, as though the Astral had briefly swapped places with the original target, so even a melee attack hits a non-adjacent Astral.

    With Propulsive Tailwind and Boon of the Tempest active, can the push happen between the attack and the move, and who controls a summon's extra move?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 8.7.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 8.7 "Astral" · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • SevenSpirits · Community · 2023-09-26

    No: the push is a separate ability, so the move comes right after the attack ability, after every target of something like Slashing Cyclone. A summon getting the extra movement uses its normal monster AI for it.

    Do the Astral's 'reduce this ability to gain an element' effects work if I never perform the ability?

    A publisher-affiliated account answered this directly on BGG in 2023.

    • Morthai · Publisher · 2023-05-01
    • Althizor · Community · 2023-04-30
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2026-06-12
    • DobbelB · Community · 2026-06-12

    No. The element comes with the ability, so you must actually perform it at the reduced value. A reduced active bonus such as Gale Barrage's counts once you commit to it, even if you don't attack later that round. A move can't be reduced to 0, but you can step out and back.

    Can the Astral perform Gemstone Resonance without consuming its elements, and does its bottom trigger Infusions?

    The rulebook answers this in "Elements", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Elements
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-02-01
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-02-01
    • jkglife · Community · 2025-07-14

    No to both. If an action shows element consumptions in its upper-left corner, all of them must be consumed to perform any part of it. Gemstone Resonance's bottom only counts as two Infusions for effects that count them; only its top is an Infusion that triggers others.

    Where can the Meteor create hazardous terrain, and does terrain from items count toward his limit?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 8.8.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 8.8 "Meteor" · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • nickwedig · Community · 2025-09-05
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-07-05
    • Althizor · Community · 2023-07-02
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2023-02-13

    Only in featureless hexes: not on another overlay, an objective or his own existing tile, and creating it under a figure doesn't damage it. All hazardous terrain the Meteor creates, even through an item, uses his class tiles and counts toward his limit.

    How does the Meteor's Quenched Rage work?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 8.8.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 8.8 "Meteor" · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • sageleader · Community · 2024-02-17
    • Nehiel · Community · 2025-09-07
    • JoshuasJots · Community · 2025-04-16
    • MrPyro · Community · 2025-11-21

    The top's push is Range 1, and 'through' means the enemy both enters and leaves a hazardous hex, so starting or ending in one doesn't count (the same goes for his mastery). If an obstacle can't legally be created, the hazardous terrain is just removed. Brittle doubles the doubled damage again; Ward halves it. On the bottom, three circles are the -1 attacks and the fourth tracks the doubling, which isn't reduced.

    Can the Meteor remove his persistent cards early, and is Hardened Spike mandatory?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 8.8.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 8.8 "Meteor" · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • General_C · Community · 2023-03-18
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-09-04
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-02-24
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-07-30
    • Ganashal · Community · 2024-01-14
    • ddturnerphd · Community · 2024-01-13disagrees

    His persistent cards can't be removed early except at the start of a rest (short or long), and Hardened Spike just lacks its mandatory icon by mistake. A card still leaves as normal once its track runs out. You can't declare a rest with fewer than two discards by counting on removing one.

    What happens to the Meteor's hazardous terrain and his ally-protection perk when he exhausts or for other terrain?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 8.8.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 8.8 "Meteor" · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-12-07
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-12-06
    • kleep · Community · 2023-10-04
    • JimA759 · Community · 2023-07-17
    • sageleader · Community · 2023-12-06disagrees

    The tiles stay on the map, but the perk works like an active effect and stops once he exhausts, so they then hurt everyone. The perk only covers hazardous terrain the Meteor created, and it protects all his allies, summons included.

    How does the Meteor's Living Magma work?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • skizzy00 · Community · 2023-02-23disagrees
    • a1bert · Community · 2024-11-06
    • DobbelB · Community · 2023-12-03
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-05-11
    • QBert80 · Community · 2023-07-19
    • QBert80 · Community · 2026-08-12
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2023-05-11

    Its start-of-turn attack targets an enemy adjacent to any hazardous terrain (not one merely standing on it, since a target's own hex isn't adjacent to it) and in line of sight; it needn't be next to the Meteor, and the token advances every turn even with no target. It can move any one-hex hazardous tile, including one in his own hex, out and back if it moves at least one hex, but not through other overlays. Its bottom's damage comes from the ability, so it hits allies and flyers.

    Can the Meteor's Flowing Fire put hazardous terrain in red hexes emptied by the attack, or attack empty hexes just to make terrain?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • Madmullet · Community · 2024-06-28
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-08-14
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-07-05
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-07-19

    Hexes emptied by a kill or a push count, since the terrain is placed after the attack and its forced movement. But the attack needs at least one enemy target in the pattern; you can't attack empty hexes.

    Does the Meteor's Eruption damage flying figures or enemies already on hazardous terrain?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • baldeaglemeat · Community · 2024-03-05
    • Ganashal · Community · 2024-03-05
    • Althizor · Community · 2024-06-29
    • a1bert · Community · 2024-06-05

    Flyers in the new hazardous hexes take it, since it's direct damage from the card, not terrain damage. Enemies already standing on older hazardous terrain nearby aren't affected. If you perform it, it affects allies too.

    When does an effect that doubles an attack's value (like the Meteor's) apply?

    The rulebook answers this in "Attack Modification Order", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Attack Modification Order
    • General_C · Community · 2023-03-18
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-04-09
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-02-25
    • Ganashal · Community · 2024-02-25

    Among the attack's own bonuses, before the modifier card: add bonuses such as a +1 or Poison first (you choose the order), then double, then draw.

    If the Meteor adds targets to Lava Bomb, is hazardous terrain created for each, and is it mandatory?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • General_C · Community · 2024-04-29
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-05-11
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-07-01
    • a1bert · Community · 2024-11-14

    Yes, each extra target or attack gets its own terrain, since it's part of the attack. Creating it is optional unless boxed as mandatory; the element is still infused if you attack.

    Can the Shards bless the same character twice with Shape the Path, and can Empowering Note boost basic actions?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 8.9.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 8.9 "Shards" · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • General_C · Community · 2024-11-30
    • General_C · Community · 2024-11-30

    Yes to both: basic Move 2 and Attack 2 are abilities. Empowering Note only raises numbers actually printed on an ability, so it can't raise an implied Target 1 or a melee attack's range.

    How do the Shards' resonance spends work?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • General_C · Community · 2023-10-17
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2025-01-14
    • zxern · Community · 2024-09-15
    • JoshuasJots · Community · 2026-07-22

    A wave action needs at least one resonance spent, and only if its ability can actually be performed (an attack needs a target, a loot needs something to loot), though you may add targets beyond the enemies present. Unsustainable Wave's extra damage is 'suffer damage', needing no line of sight, and triggers after each target's attack.

    Does the Shards' Precognition perk work at the start of a scenario or if I already have the condition?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • woodnoggin · Community · 2025-09-11
    • General_C · Community · 2025-10-03
    • QBert80 · Community · 2025-10-03
    • gpoirier · Community · 2025-10-03disagrees

    Not in the starting room, which isn't a newly revealed room. Gaining a condition you already have still counts as gaining it, unless the effect needs you not to have it.

    How do I track what a Trap-class trap does, and are those traps special?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 8.10, consistent with the rulebook's "Traps" section.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 8.10 "Trap" · 2026-10-05
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Traps
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • Gopher of Pern · Community · 2023-06-16
    • CheddarLimbo · Community · 2023-11-12
    • Gopher of Pern · Community · 2023-06-16

    Put damage and condition tokens on the trap tile, using damage tokens to show healing on positive traps. Once placed it is an ordinary trap: anyone can spring it, the class's trap abilities also work on scenario traps, and traps don't follow the party when a scenario moves everyone.

    With the Trap's Careful Footing perk, can I stand on traps without springing them?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 8.10.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 8.10 "Trap" · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-06
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2023-02-27
    • jkglife · Community · 2023-11-12

    Yes. You choose whether each trap you enter springs, so you can end your turn standing on one. You also count as adjacent to a trap in your own hex for your targeted abilities.

    Does replacing a trap count as creating one, and can Proficient Hunter add damage or heal to any trap?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 8.10, consistent with the rulebook's "Manipulating Tiles" section.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 8.10 "Trap" · 2026-10-05
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Manipulating Tiles
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2023-05-15
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-09-29
    • QBert80 · Community · 2023-09-24
    • nickwedig · Community · 2025-01-15

    Yes to both. Replacing means destroying the tile and creating a new one, so creation bonuses apply, and damage or heal can be added to a trap that had none, so one trap can carry both. Merging traps' effects isn't creating.

    Can the Trap chain jumps from trap to trap with Spring Loaded?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 8.10.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 8.10 "Trap" · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • yoacusna · Community · 2023-09-08
    • ftl_ftw · Community · 2023-09-08
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-09-19
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-09-09
    • Zom B · Community · 2023-09-12disagrees

    Not jumps. A jump only springs a trap where it formally ends, so any movement that trap would add is lost. You can take just the +2 movement (without jump) from each trap and walk onto the next, then accept jump at the last one, so the rest of the move is a jump.

    How does the Trap's Unavoidable Outcome work?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 8.10.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 8.10 "Trap" · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • TemujinNC · Community · 2023-03-28
    • nickwedig · Community · 2025-08-05
    • CheddarLimbo · Community · 2023-11-12
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-11-12
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-05-16

    It triggers on forced movement too, and it is mandatory, so it would spring a helpful trap on an enemy unless you remove the card before that enemy moves. It doesn't trigger for an enemy that never leaves its hex. It can spring a trap adjacent to a flying monster, but not one it hovers over. When the top springs a trap on your attack's target, the effect resolves before retaliate and a kill counts as yours.

    Can the Trap's Persistent Pitfalls be used in the middle of a push, and does destroying a trap trigger it?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 8.10.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 8.10 "Trap" · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • jkglife · Community · 2024-10-08
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-10-09

    Yes, 'immediately' means mid-push. Only springing triggers it; destroying a trap just removes it.

    If a monster loses flying while over an obstacle or a trap, what happens?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 8.10, consistent with the rulebook's "Flying" section.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 8.10 "Trap" · 2026-10-05
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Flying
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • DobbelB · Community · 2023-11-19

    Over an obstacle it moves to the nearest hex without one and takes no damage, a change from Gloomhaven. Over a trap it springs the trap, and whoever removed its flying gets the kill credit, as with a push.

    Must the Trap's Dangerous Ground spring every trap?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 8.10.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 8.10 "Trap" · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-08-08
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-08-09
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2025-10-13
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-06-02disagrees

    No. You pick traps one at a time and can only spring one that has a figure within range to apply it to, which may be an invisible figure since applying the effect isn't targeted.

    Does the Trap's Spike Strip put traps along every path to the hex?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-09-03
    • QBert80 · Community · 2023-09-03
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-07-12
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-06-26
    • SnitraM · Community · 2023-09-05disagrees

    No. Pick one direct path (fewest hexes; you choose among ties) and create a trap in each empty hex along it, skipping any that aren't empty.

    Does the Trap's Flurry of Nails affect a trap in the hex where my move ends?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • General_C · Community · 2023-01-23
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-06-16
    • CheddarLimbo · Community · 2023-06-16

    No. 'Moved through' means hexes you enter and then leave; a trap in your final hex just triggers normally after the move.

    Unlockable Classes: Shackles, Snowflake, Fist and Kelp

    For the Shackles' Burned at Both Ends and Chained by Spite, does the enemy take the damage I chose or what I actually suffered?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 8.11.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 8.11 "Shackles" · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • General_C · Community · 2023-05-04
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-11-05

    What you actually suffered. If you are brittle and choose 4, you suffer 8 and so does the target. 'Damage suffered' is capped by remaining hit points, while 'would suffer' (as on Reject the Gift) isn't.

    Can the Shackles transfer a condition to an immune enemy, or while Delayed Malady stops its conditions being removed?

    The designer ruled on this directly on BGG in 2023, and the official FAQ agrees.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2023-03-23
    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 8.11 "Shackles" · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • General_C · Community · 2023-03-23
    • Ganashal · Community · 2026-09-06
    • CheddarLimbo · Community · 2023-05-24
    • nickwedig · Community · 2024-10-13

    An immune target is fine: the condition still leaves you, it just never lands. But if you can't remove your own conditions (Delayed Malady, or a card saying they can't be removed), transfer abilities like Shared Affliction's bottom or Line of Transference can't be used. Shared Affliction's top only adds your conditions to your attacks without removing them, so it works alongside Delayed Malady.

    If the Shackles' Line of Transference gets extra targets, does each target receive the removed condition, and when is it removed?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 8.11.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 8.11 "Shackles" · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-07-03
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2025-04-30
    • firechicago · Community · 2025-05-07
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2023-05-09
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-05-25disagrees
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-05-24disagrees

    Every target receives the one condition you removed. Isaac ruled that when Line of Transference becomes a multi-target attack, the removed condition is applied to all of its targets.

    How does the Shackles' Delayed Malady affect curses and its other conditions?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 8.11.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 8.11 "Shackles" · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • DobbelB · Community · 2024-10-20
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-05-12
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-08-29
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-08-10
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-08-14

    Curses aren't affected: you're only cursed for a moment, so a curse card is still added to your deck and can't be held or transferred. Your other conditions can't be removed or expire while it's active, but you ignore their effects, so poison doesn't block heals. Wound already taken at the start of your turn still happened.

    When do my conditions fall off after Delayed Malady ends or is dismissed?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 8.11.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 8.11 "Shackles" · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-08-08
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-10-25
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-06-07
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-10-13
    • BadPritt · Community · 2024-06-14disagrees

    End-of-turn conditions like Disarm and Muddle drop at your next end-of-turn wrap-up. Dismissed before or during your turn, they come off at the end of that turn, unless you gained them that same turn, in which case they last through your next turn. You can dismiss it any time outside another ability, but you forfeit its last experience.

    How does the Shackles' Blood Ritual work: line of sight, who caused the condition, and self-condition costs?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 8.11.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 8.11 "Shackles" · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-03-15
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-11-26

    It needs no line of sight, though range can't be counted through walls. A condition you take this way still counts as caused by the monster that inflicted it, which matters for some items. Abilities that need you to give yourself a condition still work while it's active.

    Is the Shackles' Reprisal top missing an icon, and can Wracked with Pain skip its Wound?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 8.11.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 8.11 "Shackles" · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04

    Reprisal's top is missing its round bonus icon. Wracked with Pain's Wound can be skipped, so you can just stun (and possibly make brittle).

    How does the Shackles' Reject the Gift work?

    Players disagree and there is no official ruling; this is the better-supported reading.

    • General_C · Community · 2024-11-25
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-11-25
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-11-05
    • General_C · Community · 2023-07-19
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-07-19
    • JimA759 · Community · 2023-07-19disagrees

    It covers only the first damage you would suffer that round. Ward or brittle adjust that damage first (brittle doubles and is used up), then it acts like negation and sends the full 'would suffer' amount, not capped by your hit points, to the enemy that caused it.

    Do the Shackles' 'when you suffer damage' cards (The Agony of Others, Reversal of Fate) trigger if I negate the damage or it exhausts me?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • a1bert · Community · 2023-05-14
    • CheddarLimbo · Community · 2023-05-14
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-08-29
    • General_C · Community · 2023-05-04
    • Nehiel · Community · 2025-12-16

    No. If your hit point dial didn't go down, you didn't suffer damage, whatever prevented it, and if the damage exhausts you, your active cards are gone before they can trigger. One source of damage can trigger several such cards at once.

    For the Shackles' Transferred Injury, is the damage based on the heal value or the hit points actually restored?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • KangaxxTheLich · Community · 2024-01-14
    • KangaxxTheLich · Community · 2024-01-14
    • Anemone1777 · Community · 2023-06-18
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-06-18

    The hit points actually restored. A heal that only removes poison or wound, or lands on a full-health figure, counts as 0, though attack modifiers can still raise that 0.

    When the Shackles suffers an ally's attack damage instead of them, does its retaliate trigger?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • Anemone1777 · Community · 2023-05-09
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2023-05-09

    No. The Shackles isn't being attacked, it just suffers damage, so retaliate and attack-triggered effects don't fire, and shields can't reduce it.

    Where does the Snowflake create hazardous terrain, and is it tile-limited?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 8.12.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 8.12 "Snowflake" · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • General_C · Community · 2025-07-09
    • General_C · Community · 2023-07-10
    • skizzy00 · Community · 2023-03-23
    • lmcschlueter · Community · 2023-01-02

    In featureless hexes (figures may be there, other overlays may not), adjacent to the Snowflake when the card says so. It isn't limited; use any suitable overlay tiles. Its damage is the normal hazardous amount for the scenario level, which the mat's scale shows.

    What's the range of the Snowflake's ally heal modifier cards?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 8.12.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 8.12 "Snowflake" · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04

    Unlimited range, but as a heal it's targeted, so the ally needs to be in line of sight.

    For the Snowflake's mastery about the first ally to suffer damage having one of your conditions, what counts?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 8.12.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 8.12 "Snowflake" · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • baldeaglemeat · Community · 2024-07-19
    • Anemone1777 · Community · 2023-06-17
    • a1bert · Community · 2024-10-22
    • greenraingw · Community · 2024-07-19disagrees

    If no ally suffers damage all scenario, it succeeds, like a rest-related battle goal when you never rest. Bless and curse don't count, since they're never held as conditions, and conditions an ally gives itself through an ability you granted aren't ones you applied; lasting ones you apply, like Ward or Regenerate, work.

    When does the Snowflake's Chilling Impact trigger?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 8.12.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 8.12 "Snowflake" · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • CWRules · Community · 2023-06-14
    • quartersmostly · Community · 2023-06-14
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-02-13

    At the end of each of your forced movement abilities that actually moves a target at least one hex; a push or pull of 0 doesn't count. A multi-target push like Polar Vortex is one ability, so all targets move first and the damage comes after. Pushes in attacks you grant an ally belong to that ally and don't count.

    Does the Snowflake's Storm Wall wind consumption damage the red hexes?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 8.12.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 8.12 "Snowflake" · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-09-03

    No. It only hits hexes just outside the pattern, as a separate ability, so you can push enemies out of the pattern before it happens.

    How does the Fist's Sure Footing perk work, and does it help when jumping over ice?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 8.13.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 8.13 "Fist" · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • SteoanK · Community · 2024-04-12
    • Lotharhill · Community · 2024-04-12
    • baldeaglemeat · Community · 2024-03-13
    • jtaylor · Community · 2023-09-05
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2022-12-31disagrees

    When you enter icy terrain you may ignore the slide and instead gain +1 movement in any direction (ordinary movement, so difficult terrain still costs). While jumping, ice has no effect on you to replace, so you gain nothing.

    Can the Fist use Frost Eruption just to create icy terrain and infuse Ice without attacking?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 8.13.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 8.13 "Fist" · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-04-24
    • Steinman · Community · 2024-04-24
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2023-01-08
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-01-08

    No. Abilities that refer to an attack's pattern need that attack to have been performed, so without attacking there are no red hexes for the icy terrain. The same applies to similar cards such as the Coral's Crashing Surge.

    How does the Fist's One with the Mountain work?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 8.13.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 8.13 "Fist" · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • JimA759 · Community · 2025-03-03
    • General_C · Community · 2025-03-03
    • JimA759 · Community · 2023-09-06

    Regenerate comes back immediately whenever you lose it, so you always have it while the card is active. Recovering a level X card costs the level 1 amount of damage, and it can trigger a still-active round effect like Encased Punch, but can't recover a card already in your discard pile and keep its effect.

    When does the Fist's 'suffer 1 less damage' (Fury of the Mountain, Thick Frost) apply, and does it cover retaliate from its own attack?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • General_C · Community · 2024-04-03
    • KangaxxTheLich · Community · 2024-04-03
    • Althizor · Community · 2025-02-19

    Last, when damage is actually suffered, after ward and brittle. On Fury of the Mountain the bonus only starts after the attack above it has fully resolved, so it doesn't reduce that attack's retaliate.

    Does the top of the Fist's The Mountain's Fist always infuse Earth, or only on a kill?

    The rulebook answers this in "Elements".

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Elements
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2025-05-20
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-12-19

    Always. The infusion is a standalone mandatory one that happens whenever you perform any part of the action.

    Do the Kelp's on-kill effects trigger on objectives, and do deaths from an ally's wound or bane give trophies?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 8.14.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 8.14 "Kelp" · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • loren_dambrosio · Community · 2024-01-16
    • rmsgrey · Community · 2024-01-17

    Objectives are destroyed, not killed, so they never trigger on-kill effects. A trophy for an enemy dying to wound or bane only needs the death, whoever applied the condition, though such deaths give no kill credit.

    Does the Kelp's Ink Cloud bottom make enemies invisible, and does it affect me?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 8.14.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 8.14 "Kelp" · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04

    It affects you and all allies within range, as a positive 'target all' ability, but never enemies.

    How do the Kelp's trophy spends work on Skull Collection and Grim Trophies?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 8.14.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 8.14 "Kelp" · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • QBert80 · Community · 2024-02-28
    • QBert80 · Community · 2024-03-10

    Skull Collection can poison several enemies in one turn if you have enough trophies. On Grim Trophies you must decide how many to spend at the start of the action, not one at a time between moves and attacks, and its movement is optional.

    Unlockable Classes: Coral, Prism and Drill

    Does the Coral discard all its active Tides on any rest, or only when forced to rest?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 8.15.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 8.15 "Coral" · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2023-05-13
    • ftl_ftw · Community · 2023-05-13

    On any rest, short or long, even with cards still in hand. Tide cards in your hand or lost pile stay where they are.

    How does the Coral's Rising Flood work: do I need a water tile for the Move 3, and where can water go?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 8.15.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 8.15 "Coral" · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-03-16
    • skizzy00 · Community · 2023-04-25
    • nickwedig · Community · 2025-02-15
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-04-02
    • Althizor · Community · 2023-02-17
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2023-03-16disagrees

    The bottom's parts are independent ('designate ... and', not 'to'): you can just Move 3 with no water, or relocate a designated one-hex water tile without moving, even while immobilized. A two-hex tile isn't a valid choice. You can place water in your own hex, since it counts as adjacent for placing tiles.

    Does the Coral's Smashing Torrent Tide trigger on a move another character grants me?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 8.15.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 8.15 "Coral" · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • zxern · Community · 2022-12-27
    • Althizor · Community · 2023-05-10
    • Lasserini · Community · 2023-05-10

    Yes. It happens on a different turn, but it's still you performing a move ability. Its level 2 sibling's 'after you move' damage likewise triggers once per turn, so again on someone else's turn.

    On the Coral's Shuck, are the repeated Move 1 and Attack 1 separate abilities?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • a1bert · Community · 2023-05-22
    • nickwedig · Community · 2025-05-25
    • Cinodon · Community · 2025-06-26
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-07-05
    • coerciveutopian · Community · 2023-05-01
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2023-03-17

    Yes, each Move 1 and Attack 1 per Tide is its own ability. Consuming Light at the start adds +1 to every move but gives its experience only once, effects that boost all your moves boost each one, and items that affect a single ability, such as the Swiftness Potion, affect only one of them.

    For the Coral, does icy terrain count as water, is it immune to water's difficult terrain, and can water tiles run out?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • Game Knight · Community · 2025-10-13
    • Madmullet · Community · 2025-10-13
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-12-29
    • iswearihaveajob · Community · 2023-04-25
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04

    Icy terrain isn't water, the Coral pays normal difficult terrain costs unless a card or Tide says otherwise, and water tiles aren't limited, so proxy them. In Scenario 73, its hexes count as water for the Coral's abilities and perks.

    Is the Coral's mastery about having more active cards than discards at each rest met if I never rest?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • Althizor · Community · 2023-09-03
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-09-03
    • Andy_K · Community · 2023-09-05
    • Twoface_mcgee · Community · 2023-09-05disagrees

    As written, yes: a requirement checked each time you rest is satisfied if you never rest, like rest-based battle goals, though some players feel it misses the intent.

    Does the Coral's Overwhelming Wave let me play a third card in the same round, and must one be a Tide?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • Ganashal · Community · 2024-03-01
    • General_C · Community · 2025-12-06
    • Cadsuane · Community · 2025-12-06

    No to both. Cards are selected at the start of the round, so the extra card only applies from the next round, and among the three you need at least one top and one bottom action, not a Tide.

    How does the Prism's starting mode card work?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 8.16.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 8.16 "Prism" · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-05-24
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-08-12
    • Steinman · Community · 2024-02-06
    • General_C · Community · 2022-11-29

    Before round 1 you play it to set your initial mode, gaining its experience. It counts toward your hand size but isn't one of the two cards you play in round 1.

    How does the Prism's Transfer work, and can it transfer into a summon over an obstacle?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 8.16.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 8.16 "Prism" · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • jkglife · Community · 2024-03-03
    • kleep · Community · 2024-03-03
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-01-19
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-05-26
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-06-18
    • DobbelB · Community · 2023-09-02disagrees

    You need another of your summons on the map: you take on its damage and conditions, switch your mode to its card, and move into its hex, while the summon you were leaves a figure in the hex you left. Transfer uses teleport rules, so you need a hex you can legally occupy (not an obstacle unless you're flying), and scenario teleport bans apply.

    After the Prism transfers, does the summon it left get a turn that round?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • General_C · Community · 2024-11-04
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-11-04
    • nickwedig · Community · 2026-03-01
    • loren_dambrosio · Community · 2024-01-24
    • jkglife · Community · 2024-08-29
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-05-09

    Only if that summon's place in the summon order hasn't passed yet. Transferring isn't summoning and doesn't reset the order: leaving a summon during your own turn means it has already missed its turn, while a transfer triggered by an earlier summon's modifier can leave a later summon its turn.

    For the Prism's Launch Pod, does the target need to survive, and which card can I play for the summon?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 8.16.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 8.16 "Prism" · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-05-24
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2023-03-22
    • Nateo · Community · 2023-03-22
    • jkglife · Community · 2024-03-04

    No: you can summon even if the attack kills the target (the FAQ treats this as card-specific errata), using the target's hex after any push or pull. The summon action is the top or bottom half of a summon card from your hand, chosen as Launch Pod resolves, not the other card you played.

    What is the errata for the Prism's Long Range Missile?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 8.16.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 8.16 "Prism" · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-05-24

    Add to its end: if the damage came from an attack with other conditions or effects, you suffer them instead, so a push or poison aimed at your summon hits you. Transfer resolves target by target, so a monster's remaining attacks against a single chosen summon fail after you transfer.

    If the Prism's Leaper can't reach its focus, will it attack another enemy?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 8.16.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 8.16 "Prism" · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-06-23
    • SevenSpirits · Community · 2023-06-23

    No. It focuses on the enemy farthest away (by movement, then range, then initiative) and, like any monster, only attacks its focus.

    When a Prism summon draws a modifier with a Prism-specific effect (grant a summon Move 2, transfer), who uses it?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 8.16.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 8.16 "Prism" · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-05-19
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-05-19
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-07-30
    • General_C · Community · 2023-04-28
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-08-03

    The Prism: class-specific modifier effects always benefit the deck's owner, whoever drew them. A 'Heal 1 self' card heals the summon that drew it. A granted move comes after the attack, so it can't dodge that attack's retaliate.

    Is the Prism's first perk a misprint, and how do Mortar Shells and the Shield Spider work?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 8.16.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 8.16 "Prism" · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-05-24

    The perk isn't a misprint; it thins the deck by removing the -2 and a +1. Mortar Shells' pattern only applies to ranged attacks, so a granted melee attack doesn't get it. The Shield Spider wards itself if it lacks Ward, otherwise the closest ally without it.

    With the Prism's Remote Override perk, what initiative can I declare?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-08-08
    • countertorque · Community · 2026-03-04
    • ddturnerphd · Community · 2026-03-05
    • frekol · Community · 2024-06-16

    Any value from 01 to 99, chosen after monster ability cards are revealed; items and effects may then push it outside that range, but you can't declare a value beyond it. The summon still moves then attacks; you only control its path and targets.

    How do the Prism's Aimed Assault and other modes combine?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • nickwedig · Community · 2026-04-23
    • CrashTestDummy · Community · 2026-04-23
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-05-15
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-06-07
    • Althizor · Community · 2024-11-23
    • SevenSpirits · Community · 2024-01-09

    Aimed Assault's added range turns a single-target melee attack into a ranged one, so melee-only bonuses no longer apply, while you can then add a ranged bonus such as Rapid Fire's extra target. Attacks that already have multiple targets don't get it. Its -1 move affects moves the Prism performs, including ones granted to it, but not moves it grants others.

    How do the Drill's pressure changes work?

    A publisher-affiliated account answered this directly on BGG in 2023, and the official FAQ agrees.

    • Themris · Publisher · 2023-04-23
    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 8.17 "Drill" · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-04-19
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-04-19
    • Emeriel · Community · 2023-03-17
    • Althizor · Community · 2023-07-12

    They're mandatory whenever you perform any part of the action they're on, but they aren't costs: you can use an ability even if the pressure can't change afterwards, such as raising pressure while already at maximum. All pressure changes from an action, including from modifiers, apply together when that card half finishes, in any order, within the limits.

    Are pressure changes on the Drill's attack modifier cards mandatory?

    A publisher-affiliated account answered this directly on BGG in 2023.

    • Themris · Publisher · 2023-04-23
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-02-08
    • brianjudd · Community · 2024-02-08

    No. Added effects on modifier cards, pressure changes included, are always optional unless in a mandatory box.

    When do the Drill's Beam Axe bottom pressure effects trigger?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 8.17.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 8.17 "Drill" · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • Althizor · Community · 2023-07-12
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-07-12

    The over-pressure effect isn't targeted, so you always gain its experience and lose pressure. The low-pressure heal is targeted, so its pressure change and experience only happen if an ally is in range to heal.

    Which parts of the Drill's Bronze Plating are persistent?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 8.17.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 8.17 "Drill" · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-30
    • rmsgrey · Community · 2023-01-30

    The shield and the ban on moving last as long as the card is active. The pressure check, experience, Regenerate and pressure change resolve once, when you play it.

    Can the Drill discard Unstable Core before its damage happens?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 8.17.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 8.17 "Drill" · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • ftl_ftw · Community · 2023-10-16
    • Althizor · Community · 2023-10-16

    Yes, nothing stops you removing it first, though it combines nicely with Radiation if you keep it.

    Does the Drill's Radiation redirect self-damage from the Hammer Potion?

    The designer ruled on this directly on BGG in 2023.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2023-05-30

    No. Radiation only redirects the Drill's own red-boxed self-damage; the potion's damage is a different kind.

    How does the Drill's Recursion handle double pressure changes?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • dwarf74 · Community · 2025-02-16
    • General_C · Community · 2023-07-14
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-01-31

    A double change is two single changes, each able to trigger Recursion. Recursion turns the next single change into a double, so an ability that already has two ends up with three.

    Can the Drill's Curious Gear top destroy a trap with no enemy around, and does the three-mark perk count cards about to be played?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 8.17.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 8.17 "Drill" · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04

    Curious Gear's trap effect has to be applied to an enemy, so it can't be used just to destroy a trap. For the three-mark perk, 'losing all your cards' includes the ones you were about to play.

    Creating a Character and Crossover Classes

    What can a brand-new character buy with their starting gold?

    The rulebook answers this in "Creating a Character" and "Initial Benefits", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Creating a Character
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Initial Benefits
    • Jack Spirio · Community · 2022-02-26
    • JustAGuyPlayin · Community · 2025-03-18
    • ftl_ftw · Community · 2023-09-01

    Items from the available purchasable supply: at the very start that is items 120 to 128, plus Gloomhaven items 10, 25, 72, 105, 109 and 116 if you own Gloomhaven, and later any purchasable items that have been sold back. Starting characters get 30 gold; later ones get 10 × prosperity + 20.

    Can a new character save starting gold or spend it on enhancements?

    The rulebook answers this in "Initial Benefits", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Initial Benefits
    • kleep · Community · 2023-07-04
    • ftl_ftw · Community · 2023-07-04

    No. Starting gold must be spent on items immediately, and whatever is left is lost, so it can't fund enhancements or later purchases.

    Can we play Gloomhaven, Forgotten Circles or Jaws of the Lion classes in Frosthaven?

    The designer ruled on this directly on BGG in 2020, consistent with the rulebook's "Crossover Classes" section.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2020-05-20
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2020-04-19
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Crossover Classes
    • sageleader · Community · 2026-03-14
    • rmsgrey · Community · 2023-07-19
    • a1bert · Community · 2020-11-23
    • Timberwolf375 · Community · 2020-05-18

    Yes, from the start of the campaign, using any class you've unlocked in another game. They begin as new Frosthaven characters at the normal starting level, not as your old leveled-up character. Official crossover sheets add traits and updated perks, and you may miss some class-specific events tied to Frosthaven classes.

    Which Gloomhaven items can be used in Frosthaven?

    The rulebook answers this in "Gloomhaven Items", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Gloomhaven Items
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2026-01-17
    • General_C · Community · 2026-01-17
    • sageleader · Community · 2023-04-03
    • Batti12 · Community · 2022-12-23

    Only the specific Gloomhaven items the rules list, and only if they are available in your Gloomhaven campaign: items 10, 25, 72, 105, 109 and 116 at first, with more opening up as buildings are built. They join the purchasable supply. The list uses first-edition numbers, and there's no official list for Gloomhaven Second Edition.

    Can players join or leave mid-campaign, or take over someone else's character?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • sportsguy16171 · Community · 2023-01-08
    • JustAGuyPlayin · Community · 2023-01-08
    • Roja · Community · 2025-12-18
    • nickwedig · Community · 2025-12-18
    • bartoszopka · Community · 2024-07-05

    Yes. Characters can be added, set aside or handed to another player between scenarios, keeping their experience, items and quest. Just recalculate the scenario level from whoever is actually playing.

    Scenario Setup, Level and Battle Goals

    How much of a scenario can we look at when deciding which one to play?

    The designer ruled on this directly on BGG in 2023, and the official FAQ agrees, consistent with the rulebook's "Beginning a Scenario" section.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2023-03-30
    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 7 General Scenario Questions · 2026-10-05
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Beginning a Scenario
    • Pegs001 · Community · 2023-03-30
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-03-30
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • Ganashal · Community · 2023-04-21

    Everything on its main page or pages in the scenario book: requirements, complexity, goal, introduction, monster types, overlay tiles, map layout, loot deck and treasure locations. Section book entries, including what treasures contain, stay closed until you're sent there.

    How is the scenario level calculated, including in solo mode?

    The rulebook answers this in "Scenario Level", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Scenario Level
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Solo Mode
    • cornchak · Community · 2023-06-21
    • RazR · Community · 2023-06-21
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-06-11
    • dbaker · Community · 2023-04-05
    • Ganashal · Community · 2023-03-11
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2023-05-10
    • Trexxenn · Community · 2025-11-28disagrees

    Average the characters' levels and divide by 2, rounding up, so two level 1s and two level 2s make level 1. In solo mode (or with open information) add 1 to the average before halving, which only raises the level when the average is even. Only the level changes; rewards follow it. You may also pick any level from 0 to 7, deciding before the monster stat cards are sleeved.

    What is the most monster types a scenario needs on the board at once?

    The designer ruled on this directly on BGG in 2022.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2022-12-23
    • JimA759 · Community · 2022-12-23

    Six. A few scenarios list more than six types, but none needs more than six on the map at the same time, which matches the six stat sleeves in the box.

    Why are some scenario markers and numbered doors grey instead of green?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 7, consistent with the rulebook's "Scenario Entries" section.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 7 General Scenario Questions · 2026-10-05
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Scenario Entries
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • SusanG · Community · 2023-03-08
    • Zom B · Community · 2023-03-06
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2023-05-28
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-05-28

    Grey and green icons mean the same thing; there are only enough physical tokens for the green ones, so grey ones aren't placed but the hex still works as described. Doors sharing a number form one group for unlocking, opening and section links.

    In what order do start-of-scenario effects, item effects and road event effects apply?

    The rulebook answers this in "Beginning a Scenario", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Beginning a Scenario
    • KangaxxTheLich · Community · 2024-04-02
    • Ganashal · Community · 2022-11-23
    • SarkothelSheyd · Community · 2022-11-23
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-08-08

    Items and their start-of-scenario effects are set up before road event and scenario effects are applied, so an item can respond to a condition an event gives you, and an impair from an event doesn't block it. The party orders any effects the rules leave untimed.

    Do battle goals give anything if the scenario is lost, and are they reshuffled?

    The rulebook answers this in "Battle Goals", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Battle Goals
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Ending a Scenario
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-04-10
    • DobbelB · Community · 2023-04-10
    • firechicago · Community · 2025-03-04
    • danom · Community · 2023-03-27

    No checkmarks on a loss, even if the goal was met; each new attempt deals fresh goals. At the end of every scenario all battle goals, kept and discarded, go back into the deck.

    For the Duelist battle goal, does moving to another hex adjacent to the same enemy, or sliding on ice, fail it?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • Gopher of Pern · Community · 2023-05-01
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-05-02
    • Ganashal · Community · 2023-05-02
    • coerciveutopian · Community · 2023-03-27
    • Emeriel · Community · 2023-03-27
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-05-03
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2023-05-02disagrees

    Moving out of any hex adjacent to an enemy fails it, even into another adjacent hex, unless it's forced movement. An icy slide counts as whatever put you on the ice: sliding after your own move fails it, sliding after a push or pull doesn't.

    For goals like Miser (never exit a room with loot in it), does escaping, exhausting or ending the scenario count as exiting?

    A designer answer relayed from social media supports this, but there is no ruling on BGG and players disagree.

    • HitmanN · Community · 2023-11-11
    • TimelordTraveller · Community · 2023-11-11
    • ZexxTheReaper · Community · 2023-05-27
    • demoss1 · Community · 2023-03-10
    • General_C · Community · 2023-02-10
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-05-27disagrees
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-01-18disagrees

    Exhausting and the scenario ending don't count as exiting a room, so in a one-room scenario the goal is met automatically. Escaping is the open question: players relayed a designer answer from social media saying escaping does count as exiting, but there's no ruling on BGG and some players read it the other way.

    For the Ascetic battle goal, does looting a treasure tile count as looting a loot token?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • Emeriel · Community · 2023-01-09
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-09
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2025-01-09

    No. Treasure tiles aren't loot tokens, and loot cards a treasure hands out aren't either. In a solo scenario the goal succeeds automatically.

    For the Daredevil battle goal, does playing a persistent loss card count as adding a card to my lost pile?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2023-04-05
    • bartoszopka · Community · 2023-04-05

    Not yet. The card sits in your active area while its effect lasts and only counts once it actually moves to the lost pile.

    For the Sluggard battle goal, when do I need to be at full hit points?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • rmsgrey · Community · 2023-01-10
    • JustAGuyPlayin · Community · 2023-01-10
    • QBert80 · Community · 2023-12-08

    When you actually perform the long rest at initiative 99, not when you declare it, so you can take damage earlier in the round and be healed back to full first.

    For the Tormentor battle goal, does an ability that applies two conditions at once count, and does Curse count?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • bartoszopka · Community · 2023-03-26
    • retupmoc258 · Community · 2023-03-26
    • crashace · Community · 2023-01-22
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2023-01-22
    • Madmullet · Community · 2026-08-04

    Conditions from one ability land at the same time, so the enemy needs a negative condition before that ability; two conditions together don't satisfy it. Cursing an enemy that already has a condition counts, but a curse doesn't stay on the monster as a condition for later.

    Does self-damage from my own card count as 'damage from an attack' for battle goals like Wastrel?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • Althizor · Community · 2024-02-24
    • Ganashal · Community · 2024-02-24

    No. Damage from an attack means damage an attack deals to its target; damage you suffer as a cost or side effect is a separate effect, which is also why shields don't reduce it.

    For the Exterminator battle goal, do monster types that never appear in the scenario need to be killed?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • DobbelB · Community · 2025-07-12
    • tlh1138 · Community · 2025-07-12
    • Complex · Community · 2025-07-13
    • amusedleg · Community · 2025-07-12disagrees

    Most players read it as only the monster types that actually appear; a type listed for an unexplored room or an unused summon doesn't have to be killed. There's no official ruling.

    How do challenge cards work?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 5.10, consistent with the rulebook's "Challenges" section.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 5.10 Challenges · 2026-10-05
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Challenges
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2025-10-28
    • DoctaWho · Community · 2023-02-10
    • DoctaWho · Community · 2023-02-23
    • joepunman · Community · 2024-04-29
    • DobbelB · Community · 2024-11-04
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-06-27

    Don't use them until the Town Hall unlocks them; shuffle the deck at setup. From then on, at the start of each scenario the party draws the number shown by the Town Hall level and keeps up to the limit (or none). Kept challenges apply for the whole scenario and succeed or fail with it: on a win each character gains 2 experience and the town guard a checkmark per challenge, and they go to the completed pile; on a loss they go to the bottom of the deck, which isn't reshuffled.

    How do the Barbed, Keep Watch and single-target challenges work in tricky cases?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 5.10.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 5.10 Challenges · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04

    Barbed checks whether a target is undamaged at the start of the attack. Keep Watch affects summons as well as characters, and since objectives never take turns, all attacks against them have disadvantage. A challenge about single-target attacks doesn't apply once a monster set consumes an element to make its attack multi-target, because that happens before any of them act.

    Map Tiles, Terrain and Overlays

    What is the difference between an empty, featureless and unoccupied hex, and can I summon onto a loot token?

    The designer ruled on this directly on BGG in 2020, and the official FAQ agrees, consistent with the rulebook's "Overlay Tiles" section.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2020-11-07
    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 5.1 Rooms, Movement, Teleport, Forced Movement, and Overlays · 2026-10-05
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Overlay Tiles
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • bartoszopka · Community · 2023-03-30
    • DobbelB · Community · 2023-03-30
    • Ganashal · Community · 2021-01-29

    A featureless hex has no overlay tiles other than corridors, pressure plates or open doors; an unoccupied hex has no figure; an empty hex is both. Tokens (loot, shadows, scenario aid tokens) are not overlay tiles, so a hex with only a loot token is still empty and summons and spawns can go there. Difficult, icy or hazardous terrain, traps, obstacles and objectives all make a hex non-empty.

    Does a figure take damage when hazardous terrain is created in the hex it's already standing in?

    The designer ruled on this directly on BGG in 2022, consistent with the rulebook's "Manipulating Tiles" section.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2022-12-04
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Manipulating Tiles
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Hazardous Terrain
    • General_C · Community · 2022-12-04
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2023-02-13
    • Steinman · Community · 2023-02-13
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04

    No, unless the ability itself says the figure suffers damage. Hazardous terrain only hurts a figure that enters it, and it doesn't trigger again at the start of that figure's next turn or when it leaves.

    Do I take hazardous terrain damage when moving through a hazardous hex an ally is standing on?

    The rulebook answers this in "Hazardous Terrain".

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Hazardous Terrain
    • albcann · Community · 2023-02-12

    Yes. Entering the hex is what causes the damage, and an ally standing there doesn't change that.

    Can a hex hold more than one overlay tile, for example a trap on difficult or icy terrain?

    The rulebook answers this in "Manipulating Tiles", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Manipulating Tiles
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-05-28
    • Gopher of Pern · Community · 2023-05-28
    • nickwedig · Community · 2026-04-11

    No. A hex can only have one overlay tile (corridors and open doors aside), so you can't place a trap on terrain or move an overlay into or through another overlay. Traps and obstacles also can't be placed in occupied hexes.

    Can I place a trap or other overlay in an open door hex?

    The rulebook answers this in "Doors".

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Doors
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Corridors
    • MrPyro · Community · 2026-04-11

    Yes. An open door counts as a corridor, and corridors don't count as overlay tiles for deciding what else can be placed in the hex.

    What if we run out of a type of overlay tile, such as water tiles for a Lurker Wavethrower?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 6.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 6 Monster Questions · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-03-04
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-03-23
    • a1bert · Community · 2024-04-21

    Use a proxy. Overlay tiles are not limited by the number in the box, so effects that create them keep working; what matters is the size and type of tile you're told to place.

    Is water always difficult terrain?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 6, consistent with the rulebook's "Overlay Tiles" section.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 6 Monster Questions · 2026-10-05
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Overlay Tiles
    • General_C · Community · 2024-12-21
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • Althizor · Community · 2024-12-21disagrees

    Not as a fixed rule. An overlay's type is set by its border colour in the scenario key, and water is almost always shown as difficult terrain, but it can be something else. Water created by an effect counts as whatever the scenario key says water is, or difficult terrain if the key doesn't say.

    Does moving from one water hex to another on the same tile still cost 2 movement?

    The rulebook answers this in "Difficult Terrain", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Difficult Terrain
    • rmsgrey · Community · 2025-04-02
    • Althizor · Community · 2025-04-02
    • sageleader · Community · 2024-04-12
    • sageleader · Community · 2024-04-12

    Yes, when the water is difficult terrain. You pay 2 movement for every difficult hex you enter, even inside the same multi-hex tile, and nothing extra for leaving. Land to water to water costs 4.

    Can figures move or attack across the edge between two map tiles anywhere, or only through doors?

    The rulebook answers this in "Map Tiles and Walls", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Map Tiles and Walls
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Corridors
    • DobbelB · Community · 2023-02-05
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2022-12-03
    • Deformograph · Community · 2022-12-03
    • a1bert · Community · 2025-02-27
    • thebaker1983 · Community · 2025-02-27
    • albin747 · Community · 2022-12-22
    • a1bert · Community · 2022-12-22

    Only where the edge is covered. The border hexes and edges of a map tile are walls unless a door, corridor or other overlay covers them, so doors and corridors are the only ways through, and hexes on either side of a wall line aren't adjacent.

    Is a figure standing in an open doorway in either room?

    The rulebook answers this in "Doors", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Doors
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2023-05-27
    • Escher0 · Community · 2023-05-27

    Neither. An open door works as a corridor for most purposes, but it still separates the two rooms and isn't part of either of them.

    Is a trap removed after it is sprung?

    The rulebook answers this in "Traps", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Traps
    • Ganashal · Community · 2023-09-09
    • amusedleg · Community · 2023-09-09

    Yes. A trap applies its effect to whoever sprang it and is then removed, unless the scenario's special rules say otherwise. Hazardous terrain, by contrast, stays on the map.

    Does destroying an objective count as a kill for battle goals, quests or on-kill abilities?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 5.7.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 5.7 Objectives · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • General_C · Community · 2023-12-10
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-08
    • Lasserini · Community · 2023-01-07
    • General_C · Community · 2023-01-07disagrees

    No. Objectives are destroyed, not killed, so destroying one never counts as a kill, even when the scenario treats it as an enemy.

    Are objectives figures or overlay tiles, and what initiative do they have?

    The rulebook answers this in "Objectives", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Objectives
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-09-16
    • SevenSpirits · Community · 2023-09-16
    • SevenSpirits · Community · 2023-10-28
    • General_C · Community · 2023-09-09
    • iron_n_wine · Community · 2023-03-24

    Both: an objective is an overlay tile and also a figure, so its hex is occupied, it can't be moved through, and it isn't an obstacle. It is immune to conditions and forced movement, never takes turns, and counts as initiative 99 for focus unless the scenario says otherwise. A destroyed objective is removed from the map.

    Can I heal an allied objective or give it Shield or Retaliate?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 5.7, consistent with the rulebook's "Objectives" section.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 5.7 Objectives · 2026-10-05
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Objectives
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Commanding Figures
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-08-07
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-08-18
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-08-18
    • albin747 · Community · 2023-02-13
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2025-06-16
    • a1bert · Community · 2024-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-08-06
    • countertorque · Community · 2023-08-07disagrees

    You can heal it. Grant abilities don't work on objectives, since objectives can't be commanded, but non-grant effects that apply to allies, such as 'all adjacent allies gain Shield 1', do apply to it.

    Can I create or move obstacles to seal off part of a room, or destroy obstacles between map tiles?

    The rulebook answers this in "Manipulating Tiles", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Manipulating Tiles
    • JimA759 · Community · 2023-12-19
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-12-19
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-09-18
    • JimA759 · Community · 2023-09-18
    • General_C · Community · 2023-01-31
    • JimA759 · Community · 2023-09-18disagrees

    No to both. Manipulating obstacles can't cut one area of the map off from another (you can make paths long, and areas already cut off by the map are fine), and overlay tiles covering a map tile's border hexes can't be manipulated at all. An obstacle can otherwise be destroyed just to clear it.

    Card Selection, Initiative and Actions

    What are players allowed to say to each other while choosing ability cards?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 8.3, consistent with the rulebook's "Card Selection" section.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 8.3 Banner Spear · 2026-10-05
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Card Selection
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-05-24
    • BalooSJ · Community · 2023-05-25
    • Ganashal · Community · 2023-05-25
    • bartoszopka · Community · 2023-05-24
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04

    Anything except exact numbers and card names. You can point at hexes, ask someone to end in or stay out of a hex, say which monster you want to hit, mention conditions you'll apply, and use vague timing like 'early' or 'late'. Coded numbers ('low tens', 'voting age') break the rule. Once cards are revealed, the limits end and you can discuss everything.

    How is a tie broken when two characters have the same initiative on both cards?

    The rulebook answers this in "Resolving ties", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Resolving ties
    • kylewolfson · Community · 2023-09-01
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-09-01
    • countertorque · Community · 2023-09-01

    The party decides which character goes first. That order then counts as the initiative order for everything else, including monster focus ties.

    Does 'earlier in initiative order' mean the initiative numbers or the order figures actually took their turns?

    The designer ruled on this directly on BGG in 2023, consistent with the rulebook's "Ordering of Initiative" section.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2023-04-27
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Ordering of Initiative
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-04-24
    • Throknor · Community · 2023-12-10
    • dfan · Community · 2023-12-10
    • dfan · Community · 2023-04-24disagrees

    The numbers, as the board stands now. A monster revealed by a door that acts right away but has a lower initiative value still counts as earlier than a figure with a higher value that already acted, and focus ties use the current situation (for example which Ice Wraiths are elite now).

    Can initiative go above 99, and is a long rest always the last turn?

    The rulebook answers this in "Ordering of Initiative".

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Ordering of Initiative
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Resolving ties
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-08-08
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-08-09

    Modifiers can push an initiative below 1 or above 99. A long rest happens at initiative 99, so it is usually last, but something with a higher value goes after it. On a tie at 99, characters act before monsters, and the party orders tied characters.

    Can I play my two cards and perform no actions at all, not even the basic Attack 2 or Move 2?

    The rulebook answers this in "Character Ability Cards", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Character Ability Cards
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-04-17
    • PrivateAnariel · Community · 2023-04-17
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-01-19
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2023-05-27

    Yes. You may decline either or both actions; a card whose action you don't perform is just discarded with no effect. The basic actions are an option, never a requirement.

    What counts as performing an action, for effects like the Blinkblade's Borrowed Time?

    A publisher-affiliated account answered this directly on BGG in 2021, consistent with the rulebook's "Actions" section.

    • Har1 · Publisher · 2021-06-14
    • Har1 · Publisher · 2021-06-14
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Actions
    • mhl7 · Community · 2021-06-14
    • a1bert · Community · 2021-06-14disagrees
    • Althizor · Community · 2021-06-14disagrees

    Only the top or bottom half of an ability card is an action, and you must perform at least one of its abilities for the action to count. A long rest's heal is an ability, not an action, and a move-only action while immobilized or an attack-only action while disarmed isn't performed. Granting another figure an ability doesn't count as you performing that ability.

    What counts as an attack action?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 8.2, consistent with the rulebook's "Attack" section.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 8.2 Blinkblade · 2026-10-05
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Attack
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-07-19
    • bartoszopka · Community · 2023-07-19
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04

    A card half on which you actually perform at least one attack. If you skip every attack on it, or have no valid target, it isn't an attack action, which matters for effects like the Blinkblade's Hit and Run.

    When an ability lets me play an extra card, can I use its basic Attack 2 or Move 2, and when do I choose it?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • JimA759 · Community · 2024-01-31
    • dbaker · Community · 2024-01-31
    • Kampfwichtel · Community · 2023-03-06

    It depends on the wording. If the effect lets you perform any top or bottom action of the extra card, the basic actions are allowed; if it demands a specific kind of action (like the Boneshaper's summon requirement), they aren't. You choose the extra card when the effect happens, not during card selection.

    How are 'at the end of your turn' effects timed against element infusion, conditions expiring and end-of-turn looting?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 5.5.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 5.5 General Player Ability Questions and Clarifications · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-09-02
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-01-27

    There are two stages. First, while your turn is still going, you can use abilities that trigger 'at the end of your turn' (like the Geminate's Harvest the Essence). Then, once you formally finish, comes a wrap-up in which no abilities can be performed: infused elements become strong, end-of-turn conditions expire and you loot your hex, in any order you like.

    Do special rules or monsters revealed by opening a door take effect immediately?

    The rulebook answers this in "Scenario Entries".

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Scenario Entries
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-07-19

    Yes. Section links are read the moment their condition is met, even in the middle of an ability, and new rules apply from then on unless the section says otherwise. Then the character who opened the door carries on with their turn.

    Do a scenario's special rules still apply after we open a door into a new room?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • Conquistadorx90 · Community · 2023-01-02
    • DobbelB · Community · 2023-01-03

    Yes. Special rules last for the whole scenario across every room unless they explicitly say they only apply to part of it.

    What's the difference between 'figures' and 'characters' in card and scenario text?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • DobbelB · Community · 2025-10-10
    • nickwedig · Community · 2025-10-10

    'Figures' covers everything on the map represented by a standee or miniature: characters, summons, monsters, scenario allies and objectives. 'Characters' means only the player characters, not their summons or allies.

    Does a bonus that works 'once each turn' apply again when an ally takes a granted attack on someone else's turn?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • nickwedig · Community · 2024-12-03
    • MrPyro · Community · 2024-12-03

    Yes. 'Each turn' means each figure's turn, not each round, and a granted ability is performed by the receiving figure during the granter's turn, so the bonus can apply again.

    Line of Sight, Range and Targeting

    How is line of sight determined in Frosthaven?

    The designer ruled on this directly on BGG in 2020, consistent with the rulebook's "Line-of-Sight" section.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2020-11-07
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Line-of-Sight

    You have line of sight if any line can be drawn from any part of your hex to any part of the target's hex without touching a wall line. Only walls and closed doors block it; figures and obstacles don't. This is the Jaws of the Lion style rule, not Gloomhaven's corner-to-corner version.

    When an ability is performed as if I occupied another hex, where is line of sight traced from?

    The rulebook answers this in "Line-of-Sight", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Line-of-Sight
    • Ganashal · Community · 2022-02-26
    • Ganashal · Community · 2022-02-26
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04

    From that other hex. The rulebook says to draw the line from the hex you are treated as occupying, so your actual figure doesn't need line of sight to the target (this is how the Deathwalker's shadow attacks work).

    Does designating a figure or hex (for example the Boneshaper's Exploding Corpse) require line of sight?

    The rulebook answers this in "Line-of-Sight", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Line-of-Sight
    • DobbelB · Community · 2023-04-24
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-04-24

    No. Designating isn't a targeted ability, so line of sight doesn't matter for it. Any attack or other targeted ability that follows on the card still needs line of sight from whoever performs it.

    Can I choose to leave some enemies out of a 'target all' ability?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 5.5.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 5.5 General Player Ability Questions and Clarifications · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • DobbelB · Community · 2024-06-19
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-06-19
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-09-21

    Yes, unless the ability is in a mandatory box or it is a negative effect landing on you or your allies. This is a change from Gloomhaven, where 'target all' hit everything it could.

    Do I have to attack every enemy in the red hexes of an area-of-effect attack?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 5.5.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 5.5 General Player Ability Questions and Clarifications · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-01-27
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-01-27

    No. The red hexes only show where potential targets can be, and you may skip any of them unless the ability has a mandatory box. This overturns the old Gloomhaven FAQ ruling so it matches all other optional targeting.

    If an ability says all enemies and allies suffer damage but isn't mandatory, can I apply it only to enemies?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 5.5.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 5.5 General Player Ability Questions and Clarifications · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04

    No. You can't perform part of a single ability. Because it isn't mandatory you may skip the whole thing, but if you use it, it hits every ally and every enemy it describes (this is how the Geminate's Feeding Frenzy works).

    If a ranged attack's range is reduced to 1, does it become a melee attack?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 5.5.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 5.5 General Player Ability Questions and Clarifications · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2023-05-28
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-05-28
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-05-28
    • General_C · Community · 2024-06-24
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-06-24

    No. Range can't drop below 1, and a ranged attack stays ranged even at Range 1, so it still has disadvantage against an adjacent target.

    What does +1 Range do to a melee attack, such as on Blinkblade cards?

    A publisher-affiliated account answered this directly on BGG in 2021, consistent with the rulebook's "Attack" section.

    • Morthai · Publisher · 2021-06-12
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Attack
    • Ganashal · Community · 2021-06-13
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2021-06-12disagrees
    • jabooty3 · Community · 2021-06-16disagrees

    It turns it into a ranged attack. A melee attack counts as Range 1, so +1 Range makes it a Range 2 ranged attack (+2 Range makes it Range 3), and from then on it follows ranged rules, including disadvantage against adjacent targets. For the Blinkblade, the range change from being slow is mandatory.

    Does my ranged attack have disadvantage if some other enemy is adjacent to me?

    The rulebook answers this in "Advantage and Disadvantage", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Advantage and Disadvantage
    • jkglife · Community · 2025-12-07
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2025-12-07
    • DobbelB · Community · 2025-04-08

    No. Only the target matters: a ranged attack gains disadvantage when its target is adjacent to you. Other enemies standing next to you don't affect an attack on a non-adjacent target.

    Can I ignore the range on a ranged attack card to attack an adjacent enemy as melee?

    Only a single forum answer supports this; treat it as a best reading, not a ruling.

    • MrPyro · Community · 2026-01-04
    • MrPyro · Community · 2026-01-04

    No. You can skip added effects such as a condition, but the range is part of the attack itself. If you want a melee attack, use the card's basic Attack 2 instead, which also means none of the card's other effects or element infusions happen.

    Is an attack that says 'within X hexes' but has no range icon a melee attack?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • jkglife · Community · 2024-12-24
    • tlh1138 · Community · 2024-12-24

    Yes. Any attack without the range icon is melee, even if it uses an area template or a 'within X hexes' limit, so melee-only bonuses apply to it.

    Does a Target 2 attack have to hit two enemies?

    The rulebook answers this in "Target", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Target
    • ftl_ftw · Community · 2023-12-12
    • Ganashal · Community · 2023-12-12

    No. Target X lets you attack up to X different enemies in range, so you can choose fewer.

    Does a positive 'target all' ability include me, and do abilities that affect 'allies' include me?

    The rulebook answers this in "Allies, Enemies, and Self", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Allies, Enemies, and Self
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Range
    • a1bert · Community · 2022-12-16
    • jkglife · Community · 2025-12-07
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2025-12-07

    A positive 'target all' ability such as 'Heal 2, Target all, Range 1' includes you, because you are within range of yourself and positive abilities may target the acting figure. But an ability that names 'allies' never includes you, since a figure is not its own ally.

    Does 'a figure treats its own hex as adjacent' mean an enemy is adjacent to its own hex, so I can place an overlay under it?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 5.5, consistent with the rulebook's "Range" section.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 5.5 General Player Ability Questions and Clarifications · 2026-10-05
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Range
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-11-12
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-11-22
    • Ganashal · Community · 2023-11-22
    • nickwedig · Community · 2025-03-19
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • rmsgrey · Community · 2023-11-12disagrees

    No. The rule only applies to the figure performing the ability: your own hex counts as adjacent to you for your own targeting and placement. A target's hex is not adjacent to the target, so an effect that places a tile 'adjacent to the target' must use one of the six hexes around it. Deathwalker shadows are a stated exception.

    Do I need line of sight to every figure in an area-of-effect attack?

    The rulebook answers this in "Area of Effect", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Area of Effect
    • ftl_ftw · Community · 2023-01-01
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-01
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2025-01-10
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-12-14
    • schmerztablette · Community · 2023-12-17

    Yes. Each figure in the red hexes is a separate target, and you can only target figures you have line of sight to, so anyone hidden behind a wall in the pattern isn't hit.

    For a ranged area-of-effect attack, do all of the red hexes need to be within range?

    The rulebook answers this in "Area of Effect", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Area of Effect
    • General_C · Community · 2024-08-25
    • D0nQuich0te · Community · 2024-08-25
    • jkglife · Community · 2024-01-04
    • Hoodlumman · Community · 2024-01-04
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-03-02
    • kwprules · Community · 2023-03-02

    No. Only one red hex has to be within the attack's range, and it doesn't need to contain a figure, but it can't be a hex inside a wall line. The rest of the pattern can stretch beyond the range or over walls, and every target still needs line of sight. The Geminate's 'only range X/Y' attacks are an exception: every target must be in those range bands.

    Can a melee area-of-effect pattern reach an enemy through a doorway or across a wall?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-01-19
    • rmsgrey · Community · 2024-01-19
    • Throknor · Community · 2023-12-23
    • DobbelB · Community · 2023-12-24

    Yes, if you have line of sight. A melee pattern is laid out with its grey hex on your figure; it has no initial hex or range to check, and any red hex that holds an enemy you can see can be attacked, even on another tile.

    Where can the extra target from +1 Target on an area-of-effect attack be?

    The rulebook answers this in "Area of Effect".

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Area of Effect
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-03-02

    Anywhere within the ability's range outside the pattern. It can be any enemy you haven't already attacked with that ability, in any direction, and it still needs line of sight.

    How do attacks work against an objective that covers several hexes?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 5.7.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 5.7 Objectives · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-07-15
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-01-10
    • a1bert · Community · 2024-01-11

    It is still one figure. An area attack covering several of its hexes hits it only once, and if any part of it is adjacent to you, a ranged attack on it has disadvantage and its retaliate can reach you, whichever hex you aim at. Every one of its hexes is targetable, which matters for patterns and the Geminate's precise ranges.

    Do active bonuses that affect all allies or all enemies need line of sight?

    The rulebook answers this in "Target".

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Target
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-03-14
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-03-14

    No. Only targeted abilities need line of sight (attacks, conditions, heals, forced movement, commanding figures and manipulating tiles), and an active bonus isn't one of them. Any targeted ability the bonus lets you perform still needs it.

    Do heals, including heals from attack modifier cards, need line of sight?

    The rulebook answers this in "Heal", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Heal
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Target
    • General_C · Community · 2022-11-28
    • Ganashal · Community · 2022-11-28
    • brunowolff · Community · 2022-11-29
    • bartoszopka · Community · 2023-02-14
    • ablehat · Community · 2023-02-14
    • brunowolff · Community · 2022-11-28disagrees

    Yes. Every heal is a targeted ability, whatever its source (a card, an item or a modifier card), so the healed figure must be in line of sight. Grant abilities are targeted too and need it as well.

    Does an effect like 'enemies within range 2 suffer 2 damage' need line of sight?

    The rulebook answers this in "Suffer Damage".

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Suffer Damage
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-12-17

    No. Suffering damage isn't a targeted ability, so line of sight is ignored, though the range still can't be counted through walls.

    Can I melee attack an enemy on the other side of a wall line if I can see it?

    The rulebook answers this in "Range".

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Range
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-12-16
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-12-16

    No. Two hexes separated by a wall line count as range 2 from each other even when there is line of sight between them, so a melee attack can't reach; a ranged attack with range 2 or more can.

    Is a Loot ability a ranged ability for items or effects that boost ranged abilities?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 5.5.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 5.5 General Player Ability Questions and Clarifications · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04

    No. Loot isn't a ranged ability, even though it has a distance value.

    Elements

    When does a monster set infuse or consume the element shown on its ability card?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 5.8, consistent with the rulebook's "Monsters and Elements" section.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 5.8 Monster Focus, Abilities, and Stats · 2026-10-05
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Monsters and Elements
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-04-12
    • Althizor · Community · 2023-04-10
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-04-10
    • PaulGrogan · Community · 2022-12-22
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-03-24
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-04-28
    • Lavignac · Community · 2023-12-24
    • rmsgrey · Community · 2023-01-25

    Whenever at least one monster of the set performs any ability on the card, even one the element doesn't modify. The element is consumed at the start of the first monster's turn and every monster of the set gets the bonus, while an infusion happens after the last monster's turn. If no monster performs anything (all stunned, or none can move or attack; moving 0 hexes doesn't count), nothing is infused or consumed. This differs from Gloomhaven.

    Will a monster set consume an element just to perform a standalone ability, like a Night Demon's invisible self?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 5.8.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 5.8 Monster Focus, Abilities, and Stats · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04

    Yes. If consuming the element enables an ability of its own, the set consumes it to perform that ability even if none of them moves or attacks that turn.

    When a monster ability card infuses or consumes a wild element, who picks the element, and is it once per monster?

    The rulebook answers this in "Monsters and Elements", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Monsters and Elements
    • DoctaWho · Community · 2023-04-06
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-04-06
    • DobbelB · Community · 2024-10-20
    • rmsgrey · Community · 2024-10-20

    The party picks the element, and it happens once for the whole monster set, not once per monster.

    Can a figure infuse an element that is already strong or waning, and do characters and monsters share the element board?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • a1bert · Community · 2024-09-19
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-09-19
    • DobbelB · Community · 2025-10-10
    • a1bert · Community · 2025-10-10

    Yes to both. Everyone uses the same element board. Infusing an element that is already strong or waning simply sets it to strong at the end of that figure's turn, and whoever acts while it is strong or waning can consume it.

    Can I consume a waning element and infuse the same element on the same turn?

    The rulebook answers this in "Elements", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Elements
    • a1bert · Community · 2025-12-10
    • jkglife · Community · 2025-12-10
    • jabooty3 · Community · 2024-08-16
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-08-16

    Yes. Anything strong or waning at the start of your turn can be consumed, and your own infusions only take effect at the end of your turn. So you can use a waning element and then leave it strong, and a mandatory infusion on your first action never blocks a consumption on your second.

    Can an end-of-turn effect (like the Geminate's Harvest the Essence) consume an element I infused this turn?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 8.6, consistent with the rulebook's "Elements" section.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 8.6 Geminate · 2026-10-05
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Elements
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • CheddarLimbo · Community · 2023-07-15
    • tlh1138 · Community · 2023-07-15

    No. Your infusions don't become strong until the very end of the turn, after your end-of-turn abilities, so only elements that were already strong or waning when your turn started can be consumed.

    Can I consume an element for extra movement partway through a move, after seeing what a door reveals?

    A publisher-affiliated account answered this directly on BGG in 2024, consistent with the rulebook's "Elements" section.

    • Morthai · Publisher · 2024-03-27
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Elements
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-03-27
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-03-27
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-03-02disagrees

    Yes. An element consumption that boosts a move can be used during the move, even after you've used up the base movement. Moves don't follow the attack rule of committing before the modifier draw.

    When do I have to decide to consume an element for an attack bonus?

    A publisher-affiliated account answered this directly on BGG in 2024, consistent with the rulebook's "Added Effects" section.

    • Morthai · Publisher · 2024-03-27
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Added Effects
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-03-27
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-03-27

    Before you draw the attack modifier. Whatever comes before the colon of an element consumption is a cost, so you pay it and commit to the bonus before seeing the card.

    Can I consume an element for a bonus if I can't perform the ability it modifies?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • Althizor · Community · 2023-04-23
    • Althizor · Community · 2023-04-23
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-05-20
    • ftl_ftw · Community · 2023-12-12
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2025-12-04
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2025-12-04

    No. You only consume for an added effect while performing the ability, so you need a valid target for an attack or other targeted ability, can't be immobilized for a move, and can't be disarmed for an attack. You can still pay to add a target when no extra target turns out to be available.

    Do I infuse an action's element if I don't perform any of its abilities?

    The rulebook answers this in "Elements", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Elements
    • Althizor · Community · 2022-11-23
    • Ganashal · Community · 2022-11-19
    • QBert80 · Community · 2023-08-24
    • Solmyr1414 · Community · 2023-08-24
    • Emeriel · Community · 2023-03-06
    • Alphaeus · Community · 2022-11-23disagrees

    No. You must perform at least one ability of the action to infuse its element, and the same goes for its other mandatory effects; a mandatory box doesn't override that.

    Does a persistent ability with an element infusion (like the Coral's tide cards) infuse the element every round?

    A publisher-affiliated account answered this directly on BGG in 2022, consistent with the rulebook's "Elements" section.

    • Themris · Publisher · 2022-12-23
    • Themris · Publisher · 2022-12-23
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Elements
    • Yknits · Community · 2022-12-23
    • General_C · Community · 2024-08-16
    • a1bert · Community · 2024-08-16
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-05-17

    No. The element is infused once, when you perform the action and the card goes to your active area. It is only infused again if the persistent text itself says so.

    Can I consume one element for several abilities in the same turn?

    The rulebook answers this in "Elements", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Elements
    • DobbelB · Community · 2023-01-27
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-01-27

    No. Consuming moves the element to inert immediately, and the same element can't be consumed more than once in a single turn. Only monsters of the same set share a single consumption.

    If a scenario keeps an element permanently strong, can it be consumed more than once in a turn?

    The designer ruled on this directly on BGG in 2023, consistent with the rulebook's "Elements" section.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2023-03-23
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2023-03-23
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Elements
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-03-24
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2023-03-23disagrees

    No. An always-strong element counts as strong at the start of every figure's turn, but no figure can consume the same element twice in one turn. This applies to the Scenario 60 boss and to similar rules such as Scenario 104.

    If an attack modifier card shows two or three element icons, do I infuse all of them?

    The rulebook answers this in "Elements", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Elements
    • DobbelB · Community · 2024-06-28
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-06-28
    • DoctaWho · Community · 2023-01-10
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-01-10

    Separate element icons mean you infuse all of them. Two elements drawn inside a single border are a mixed element, which means you pick one.

    Is an element infusion on an attack modifier card optional?

    The rulebook answers this in "Attack Effects".

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Attack Effects
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-09-20

    Yes. A character can always choose whether to apply a modifier card's added effects after drawing it, including its infusion.

    Does an element-consumption bonus on a multi-target attack apply to every target?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-01-25
    • kleep · Community · 2023-05-14

    Yes. The element is consumed once and the bonus modifies the whole attack ability, so every target of that ability gets it.

    Who consumes the element for a granted ability's consumption bonus?

    The only source is the FAQ maintainer's changelog post describing this ruling; treat it as a best reading until checked against the FAQ itself.

    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-10-22

    The figure granting the ability. One consumption covers every figure the ability is granted to, and the granter gains any experience tied to it (for example, the Boneshaper's Dark Tidings boosting all summons).

    If an ability shows several element consumptions, must I consume all of them?

    The rulebook answers this in "Elements", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Elements
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-05-25
    • ZealQD · Community · 2023-05-25
    • QBert80 · Community · 2023-08-24
    • Solmyr1414 · Community · 2023-08-24

    Only if they are shown together in one consumption. Separate consumptions (on separate lines or bubbles) are independent: activate any, all or none, each giving its own bonus and experience. Consumptions in an action's upper-left corner must all be paid to perform the action at all.

    Movement, Jump, Teleport and Forced Movement

    Can I push or pull an enemy fewer hexes than the push or pull value, or skip it entirely?

    The designer ruled on this directly on BGG in 2020, consistent with the rulebook's "Forced Movement" section.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2020-11-07
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Forced Movement
    • ddturnerphd · Community · 2024-11-25
    • tkd117 · Community · 2024-11-25
    • kraedy · Community · 2023-01-28
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-01-28
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-03-08

    Yes. When a character pushes or pulls, the character picks both the direction and the distance, anywhere from zero up to the listed value, and the forced movement can be skipped altogether. Only when a monster pushes or pulls you must the full distance be used.

    When a monster pushes or pulls my character, can we choose a path that moves me less than the full distance?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 5.8, consistent with the rulebook's "Forced Movement" section.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 5.8 Monster Focus, Abilities, and Stats · 2026-10-05
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Forced Movement
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2025-12-04
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-05-03

    No. The party picks the direction, but the target has to be moved as far as the push or pull allows, judged over the whole path, so you can't steer into a wall or obstacle to cut it short if another legal path goes further. Monsters also count the extra hexes that icy terrain would add when maximizing the distance.

    Can one attack both push and pull the same target?

    A publisher-affiliated account answered this directly on BGG in 2022, and the official FAQ agrees, consistent with the rulebook's "Forced Movement" section.

    • Themris · Publisher · 2022-12-23
    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 5.1 Rooms, Movement, Teleport, Forced Movement, and Overlays · 2026-10-05
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Forced Movement
    • ltmarcos · Community · 2022-12-23
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04

    Yes. All the pushes on the attack combine into a single push and all the pulls into a single pull; you pick which one to resolve first and must finish it before starting the other. You can't alternate push, pull, push, but the two-step sequence can drag a target through the same hazardous hex twice.

    Can I push or pull an ally, even if they agree to it?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 5.1, consistent with the rulebook's "Forced Movement" section.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 5.1 Rooms, Movement, Teleport, Forced Movement, and Overlays · 2026-10-05
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Forced Movement
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Allies, Enemies, and Self
    • DobbelB · Community · 2023-03-25
    • MrPyro · Community · 2023-03-25
    • rmsgrey · Community · 2023-01-01
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04

    No, not unless the ability explicitly lets you. Push and pull are negative abilities, and negative abilities can only target enemies by default, so a willing ally still can't be moved this way.

    Does a push or pull that moves the target 0 hexes count as forced movement or trigger effects tied to it?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 5.1.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 5.1 Rooms, Movement, Teleport, Forced Movement, and Overlays · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04

    No. The target has to actually move at least one hex for it to count as forced movement, and any effect that depends on the push or pull (such as the Snowflake's Chilling Impact) only happens if it moved at least one hex.

    Does a push or pull have to go in a straight line?

    The rulebook answers this in "Forced Movement", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Forced Movement
    • MrPyro · Community · 2023-04-04
    • Emeriel · Community · 2023-04-04
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-01-15
    • rmsgrey · Community · 2024-01-15
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-05-04
    • jamesthecmo · Community · 2023-05-04

    No. Each hex the target enters just has to be farther from you by range for a push, or closer for a pull. The path can bend, slide along a wall, or go around one, as long as every step meets that rule; a pull ends as soon as no hex would bring the target closer.

    Can I push or pull an enemy through other monsters?

    The rulebook answers this in "Forced Movement", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Forced Movement
    • bartoszopka · Community · 2023-03-29
    • bartoszopka · Community · 2023-03-29
    • BalooSJ · Community · 2023-05-04

    Yes. Forced movement follows the target's own movement rules, and monsters can move through their allies, so a pushed monster can pass through other monsters (it still can't end in an occupied hex). It cannot be moved through your characters or summons, which are its enemies, unless it is flying.

    Do I need line of sight to every hex I push or pull an enemy into?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 5.1.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 5.1 Rooms, Movement, Teleport, Forced Movement, and Overlays · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-07-02
    • mljeko · Community · 2023-12-05

    No. Line of sight only matters when you target the enemy; once targeted, the push or pull may carry it out of your line of sight.

    Does pushing or pulling an enemy into difficult terrain use up 2 hexes of the push?

    The rulebook answers this in "Forced Movement", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Forced Movement
    • DobbelB · Community · 2023-03-31
    • danom · Community · 2023-03-31

    No. Push and pull ignore difficult terrain, so every hex costs one point of the forced movement.

    Can I push an enemy into a trap or hazardous hex that another figure is standing in, if the damage will kill the pushed enemy?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 5.1.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 5.1 Rooms, Movement, Teleport, Forced Movement, and Overlays · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • BamiTsunami · Community · 2024-01-14
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-01-14
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-12-18
    • Steinman · Community · 2023-12-19

    Yes, as long as that hex is the last hex of the push or pull and only one figure will be left there afterwards, so the pushed enemy must be certain to die. The figure already standing there can't be one of your allies, since a monster can't enter its enemy's hex.

    Is the extra hex from icy terrain forced movement, and can sliding open a door?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 5.1, consistent with the rulebook's "Icy Terrain" section.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 5.1 Rooms, Movement, Teleport, Forced Movement, and Overlays · 2026-10-05
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Icy Terrain
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • woodnoggin · Community · 2024-06-26
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-06-26
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-05-03
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-03-21
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-03-21
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2023-03-21disagrees

    The slide takes on whatever kind of movement put you on the ice. If you moved onto the ice yourself, the slide is part of your move, and if it carries you into a closed door you must open it. If you were pushed or pulled onto the ice, the slide is still forced movement, which can never open a door.

    If icy terrain would slide me into another figure, do I stop or keep going?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 5.1, consistent with the rulebook's "Icy Terrain" section.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 5.1 Rooms, Movement, Teleport, Forced Movement, and Overlays · 2026-10-05
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Icy Terrain
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • hammerspace · Community · 2022-12-19
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2023-04-30
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-11-29
    • rmsgrey · Community · 2023-11-29

    You stop. The extra hex never happens if it would put you into a hex with another figure, obstacle or objective, and an invisible enemy still counts as a figure that stops you. Passing through an ally who stands on ice is different: you entered the icy hex, so you slide on into the next hex if it is free.

    Can I teleport across the gap between two map tiles, and how do I count the distance?

    A publisher-affiliated account answered this directly on BGG in 2026, and the official FAQ agrees, consistent with the rulebook's "Teleport" section.

    • Morthai · Publisher · 2026-01-14
    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 5.1 Rooms, Movement, Teleport, Forced Movement, and Overlays · 2026-10-05
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Teleport
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-08-02
    • DobbelB · Community · 2023-08-02
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04

    Yes, if the destination is revealed. Teleport ignores walls and the empty space between tiles; measure as if the hex grid continued across the gap (a spare corridor tile helps), but you can't end in the void. A tile that floats completely disconnected from the others is an unmeasurable distance away, so only a teleport that ignores distance can reach it.

    Can I teleport into an occupied hex or onto an obstacle?

    The rulebook answers this in "Teleport", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Teleport
    • DobbelB · Community · 2022-12-18
    • DobbelB · Community · 2024-01-19
    • a1bert · Community · 2024-01-19

    No. A teleport must end in a valid hex you could occupy, so occupied hexes and obstacles are out unless the ability explicitly swaps figures. You can teleport onto a closed door, which opens it, but not into an unrevealed room.

    Can I teleport to the hex I'm already standing in, for example with the Deathwalker's Fluid Night?

    The designer ruled on this directly on BGG in 2023, and the official FAQ agrees.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2023-01-04
    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 8.4 Deathwalker · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • Solmyr1414 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • brunowolff · Community · 2023-01-04disagrees

    Yes. Choosing your current hex is a legal teleport destination, so you can use Fluid Night's bottom for its damage prevention without actually changing position.

    Does teleporting count as moving, for battle goals or effects that refer to movement?

    The rulebook answers this in "Teleport", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Teleport
    • ennam · Community · 2023-03-12
    • DobbelB · Community · 2023-03-12
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2023-03-12
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2023-06-22

    No. Teleport is not a move ability and teleporting isn't movement, so it doesn't count toward goals like Slowpoke and can't be used to spend movement points on scenario effects that need them. Effects of entering the destination hex still apply.

    Can I step out of my hex and back in, and does that count as performing a move?

    A publisher-affiliated account answered this directly on BGG in 2022, and the official FAQ agrees, consistent with the rulebook's "Move" section.

    • Themris · Publisher · 2022-12-21
    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 5.1 Rooms, Movement, Teleport, Forced Movement, and Overlays · 2026-10-05
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Move
    • willadams33 · Community · 2022-12-21
    • a1bert · Community · 2022-12-21
    • Jack Spirio · Community · 2022-02-26
    • DobbelB · Community · 2022-02-26
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-11-27
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-06-26

    Yes. With at least 2 movement and a free neighbouring hex you can leave and return, and that counts as a move because you entered a hex. What doesn't exist in Frosthaven is a Move 0: if you don't enter at least one hex, you haven't performed a move ability, so nothing that triggers on moving happens.

    Does a jump that ends in difficult terrain cost an extra movement point?

    The designer ruled on this directly on BGG in 2020, consistent with the rulebook's "Jump" section.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2020-11-07
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Jump

    No. Jumping ignores difficult and icy terrain completely, including in the hex where the jump ends. Traps and hazardous terrain in the last hex still take effect.

    Is there a limit on how far or in which direction I can move with Jump?

    A publisher-affiliated account answered this directly on BGG in 2025, consistent with the rulebook's "Jump" section.

    • Morthai · Publisher · 2025-02-28
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Jump
    • nickwedig · Community · 2025-02-28
    • firechicago · Community · 2025-03-01

    No. Jump just modifies a move ability: you move up to your move value, changing direction freely, and ignore figures, obstacles, traps and terrain in every hex but the last. You still can't jump through walls.

    Can I jump over some hexes and walk through others in the same move, or land partway through?

    A publisher-affiliated account answered this directly on BGG in 2025, consistent with the rulebook's "Jump" section.

    • Morthai · Publisher · 2025-02-28
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Jump
    • wombat929 · Community · 2025-02-28
    • firechicago · Community · 2025-03-01
    • KangaxxTheLich · Community · 2023-09-08
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-09-08
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-02-24

    No. A move with Jump is one jump from start to finish. You may decline Jump, but then it is gone for that whole move ability, and stacking several jump effects on one move adds nothing. Separate move abilities that each have Jump are separate jumps, each landing in its own last hex. If an effect adds Jump partway through a move, it can't be dropped again.

    Can a non-flying figure move through a flying enemy?

    The rulebook answers this in "Move", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Move
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Flying
    • DobbelB · Community · 2023-03-05
    • DoctaWho · Community · 2023-03-05
    • DobbelB · Community · 2023-01-15

    No. There's no separate air space above a hex: a flying figure occupies its hex like anyone else. Flying lets the flyer pass over enemies, but a non-flying figure can never move through an enemy, flying or not, unless it is jumping or the enemy is invisible to it.

    Does a flying figure count as standing in water, hazardous or difficult terrain for card effects that check what a figure occupies?

    A publisher-affiliated account answered this directly on BGG in 2023, consistent with the rulebook's "Flying" section.

    • Themris · Publisher · 2023-04-25
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Flying
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-04-25
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-04-25
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-01-15

    Yes. Flying only stops terrain from affecting the flyer's movement and keeps it from springing traps or taking hazardous terrain damage; the figure still occupies that hex, so effects that care whether a figure is in water or on hazardous terrain still see it there.

    Can figures move through objectives, or end a flying move on one?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 5.7, consistent with the rulebook's "Move" section.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 5.7 Objectives · 2026-10-05
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Move
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Objectives
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-08-18
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-08-19
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-08-19
    • KangaxxTheLich · Community · 2023-12-08
    • KangaxxTheLich · Community · 2023-12-08
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • slyde · Community · 2024-08-19disagrees

    Figures can't move through an objective, even an allied one, unless they jump or fly. Because objectives are figures, a flying figure also can't end its movement in an objective's hex; it can end on an obstacle, which is never a figure.

    What counts as forced movement?

    The rulebook answers this in "Forced Movement", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Forced Movement
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Commanding Figures
    • SteoanK · Community · 2023-05-19
    • JoshuasJots · Community · 2023-05-19

    Push, pull, and any ability that teleports another figure or moves an enemy under your control are forced movement. Granting an ally a move, or boosting the movement an ally performs on its own turn, is not.

    Attacks, Modifiers and Damage

    In what order are attack bonuses, x2 effects and the attack modifier card applied, and do two doublings stack?

    The rulebook answers this in "Attack Modification Order", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Attack Modification Order
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-06-02
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-06-03
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-06-01
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-02-24
    • jkglife · Community · 2023-09-22
    • rmsgrey · Community · 2023-09-22
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-12-20

    All of the attack's own bonuses and penalties come first, in any order the attacker likes (for example Poison's +1, a +1 on a monster card, or a 'double your next attack' effect). The attack modifier card is applied after that, then the target's shield, then ward or brittle. Doubling effects multiply, so two of them quadruple the value: a monster with Attack 2 using 'Attack +1' that draws a x2 deals 6.

    How do a x2 or a null interact with rolling attack modifiers?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 5.3, consistent with the rulebook's "Attack Modifier Cards" section.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 5.3 Attack Modifier Draws, Advantage, and Disadvantage · 2026-10-05
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Attack Modifier Cards
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04

    A null anywhere among the modifiers you finally use makes the damage 0. A x2 can be slotted in at any point of the calculation, including last: Attack 3 with a rolling +1 and a x2 can come out as 7 or 8, your choice.

    How does advantage or disadvantage work when rolling modifiers are drawn?

    The rulebook answers this in "Advantage and Disadvantage", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Advantage and Disadvantage
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-04-26
    • Sadgit · Community · 2023-04-26
    • BalooSJ · Community · 2023-04-26
    • ftl_ftw · Community · 2023-04-26
    • jkglife · Community · 2023-04-26
    • crashace · Community · 2023-04-26

    If the first card is rolling, keep drawing until a non-rolling card appears, then draw exactly one more and ignore any rolling icon on it. Compare those last two: with advantage you keep all the earlier rolling cards plus your pick of the two; with disadvantage you throw away the rolling cards and use the worse of the two. If the first card isn't rolling, the second card's rolling icon is simply ignored.

    With advantage, does my character have to use the better attack modifier card?

    The designer ruled on this directly on BGG in 2020, consistent with the rulebook's "Advantage and Disadvantage" section.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2020-11-07
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Advantage and Disadvantage
    • Deano2099 · Community · 2023-04-27
    • Sadgit · Community · 2023-04-12
    • RuinerCZ · Community · 2023-04-12

    No. A character with advantage may use either of the two compared cards. Only monsters automatically take the better one.

    With disadvantage, how do I compare modifiers with effects, such as +1 Stun against +0 Stun, or a card whose effect can't do anything?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 5.3, consistent with the rulebook's "Advantage and Disadvantage" section.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 5.3 Attack Modifier Draws, Advantage, and Disadvantage · 2026-10-05
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Advantage and Disadvantage
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2023-05-18
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2023-05-18
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2023-05-18
    • General_C · Community · 2023-05-19
    • Gabethebabe · Community · 2023-06-28
    • General_C · Community · 2025-03-14
    • baldeaglemeat · Community · 2023-05-18disagrees

    Every non-numeric effect counts as positive but undefined, so two different effects can't be compared and you must use the first card drawn. Identical effects can be compared, though, so +1 Stun beats +0 Stun. The rules don't ask whether an effect would actually work: a +0 with an element effect still counts as having a positive effect even if no element is available. The same logic makes the Geminate's x2 Brittle 'better' than a plain x2.

    When comparing attack modifiers, is Push 3 better than Push 2?

    Players disagree and there is no official ruling; this is the better-supported reading.

    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2023-06-28
    • Gopher of Pern · Community · 2023-06-28
    • Ganashal · Community · 2023-06-28disagrees

    Yes. Because a character may push fewer hexes than the value, Push 3 can do everything Push 2 can and more, so the comparison isn't ambiguous.

    Do I have to keep drawing after a rolling modifier and apply every value I draw?

    The rulebook answers this in "Attack Modifier Cards", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Attack Modifier Cards
    • danom · Community · 2023-04-17
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-04-17
    • General_C · Community · 2024-09-30

    Yes. A rolling card always makes you draw again, and you must add up all the numeric values, though you choose the order. Only the added effects on the cards, such as conditions, pushes or elements, can be declined. With disadvantage the rolling cards are discarded instead.

    How does Pierce work, and what happens with Attack 2 Pierce 1 against Shield 3?

    The rulebook answers this in "Pierce", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Pierce
    • General_C · Community · 2023-03-16
    • bartoszopka · Community · 2023-03-16
    • SevenSpirits · Community · 2024-07-17
    • sageleader · Community · 2024-07-17

    Pierce works as in Gloomhaven: it lowers the target's shield by the pierce value for that attack, never below 0. Against Shield 3, Pierce 1 leaves Shield 2, so an Attack 2 deals nothing. A negative modifier lowers the attack value, not the pierce.

    How many attack modifier cards do I draw for an area attack or a card with several separate attack abilities?

    The rulebook answers this in "Attack Modifier Cards", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Attack Modifier Cards
    • Madmullet · Community · 2026-05-25
    • bartoszopka · Community · 2026-05-25
    • JimA759 · Community · 2024-12-03
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-12-03
    • QBert80 · Community · 2024-01-04
    • rmsgrey · Community · 2024-01-04

    One per attack, meaning one per target. An area attack draws a separate modifier for each figure it hits, and an action with two attack abilities draws for each of them, whether they hit the same enemy or different ones (two cards each with advantage or disadvantage).

    Does a bonus to 'one attack' or 'your next attack' (like the Heavy Sword or Tri-Corner Hat) apply to every target of an area or multi-target attack?

    The rulebook answers this in "Attack", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Attack
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2025-04-13
    • Sadgit · Community · 2025-04-13
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2023-02-28
    • I Eat Tables · Community · 2026-04-10

    No. An attack is a single attack against one target, and a multi-target ability is several attacks. A bonus for one attack therefore helps only one of the targets.

    If a persistent bonus uses a charge on each attack, does an area attack that hits two enemies use two charges?

    The rulebook answers this in "Attack", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Attack
    • a1bert · Community · 2025-02-28
    • nickwedig · Community · 2025-02-28
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2025-02-28
    • DobbelB · Community · 2024-11-19
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-02-26
    • skizzy00 · Community · 2023-02-26
    • JoannaPlay · Community · 2025-02-28disagrees

    Yes. Each target of a multi-target or area ability is a separate attack, so the bonus triggers and its token advances once per target (for example the Drifter's Crushing Weight or the Geminate's Hornbeetle Carapace).

    Are the added effects on my attack modifier cards (heals, elements, pushes, pressure changes) mandatory?

    A publisher-affiliated account answered this directly on BGG in 2023, consistent with the rulebook's "Attack Effects" section.

    • Themris · Publisher · 2023-04-23
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Attack Effects
    • Althizor · Community · 2023-05-20
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-05-20

    No. Apart from the numeric modifier, a character may always decide after drawing whether to use the card's added effects, unless they are in a mandatory box.

    If my attack kills the target, can an effect that places terrain or a trap relative to that target (on a modifier card or the attack itself) still be used?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 5.5.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 5.5 General Player Ability Questions and Clarifications · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-01-27
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-01-27
    • zxern · Community · 2024-09-21
    • General_C · Community · 2024-09-21
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2026-09-03

    Yes, as long as the effect is part of the attack ability: a modifier card or a rider with no ability line separating it from the attack. It works even if the target dies, which overturned an earlier ruling. A separate ability below a divider line that refers to the target needs the target to still be there.

    When an attack both places an overlay (trap, hazardous or icy terrain) and pushes or pulls the target, which happens first?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 8.8, consistent with the rulebook's "Attack Effects" section.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 8.8 Meteor · 2026-10-05
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Attack Effects
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-04-16
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-09-01
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-09-01
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-02-06
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-03-07
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-01-28

    You choose. Forced movement and other added effects all resolve after the attack, with no set order between them, so you can create the tile in the target's starting hex or after it has moved, or even place it and then push the target onto it.

    If I draw a null, do the attack's other effects and element still happen?

    The rulebook answers this in "Attack Effects", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Attack Effects
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2023-04-22
    • davidbull · Community · 2023-04-22

    Yes. The attack was performed even though it dealt no damage, so its conditions, forced movement and element infusion all still apply.

    Is 'damage suffered' the damage dealt, and is it capped by the target's remaining hit points?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 5.2.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 5.2 Damage, Shield, Ward, and Brittle · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • sageleader · Community · 2024-07-08
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-10-14
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-10-14
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-06-01
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-06-01
    • DobbelB · Community · 2023-10-14disagrees

    Damage dealt has no cap, but damage suffered is what actually comes off the figure after ward, brittle and negation, and it can't exceed the hit points the figure had left. Damage you negate, for example by losing cards, is 0 damage suffered. 'Would suffer' is different: it's counted after shield, ward and brittle but before anything is suffered, so it isn't capped.

    How do Shield, Ward and Brittle interact, and are Ward or Brittle used up if Shield blocks all the damage?

    The designer ruled on this directly on BGG in 2022, and the official FAQ agrees, consistent with the rulebook's "Attack Modification Order" section.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2022-12-09
    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 5.2 Damage, Shield, Ward, and Brittle · 2026-10-05
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Attack Modification Order
    • rmsgrey · Community · 2022-12-08
    • DoctaWho · Community · 2023-01-06
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04

    Shield applies first, then Ward or Brittle. With Shield 2 and Ward against 6 damage you take 2 (6 minus 2, then halved). Ward and Brittle only trigger if at least 1 damage is left after Shield, so if Shield reduces it to 0 they stay. If Ward halves 1 damage down to 0, Ward was still used and is removed.

    Is Brittle applied before or after the attack modifier card?

    A publisher-affiliated account answered this directly on BGG in 2025, consistent with the rulebook's "Attack Modification Order" section.

    • Morthai · Publisher · 2025-02-26
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Attack Modification Order
    • Althizor · Community · 2025-02-26
    • DobbelB · Community · 2025-02-26

    After. The order is attack bonuses, then the modifier card, then shield, then brittle or ward. An Attack 2 that draws +1 against a brittle target with no shield deals 6.

    Do -1 cards that a scenario or item adds to my deck stay for the whole scenario?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • AAbouzeid · Community · 2024-03-23
    • Ganashal · Community · 2024-03-23

    Yes. They stay in your deck, are reshuffled like any other card, and are only removed at the end of the scenario. Only bless and curse cards leave the deck as they are drawn.

    Conditions

    What happens if a figure gains a condition it already has, such as Bane or Invisible a second time?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 5.4, consistent with the rulebook's "Conditions" section.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 5.4 Negative Conditions · 2026-10-05
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Conditions
    • Ganashal · Community · 2022-12-02
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2022-12-02
    • General_C · Community · 2022-12-02
    • DobbelB · Community · 2025-04-08
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2022-12-01disagrees

    A figure can only hold one instance of each condition, so the new one just resets the duration. A second Bane gained during your turn replaces the first and now goes off at the end of your next turn; this works the same for monsters.

    How long does a condition that lasts 'until the end of the next turn' (Immobilize, Disarm, Muddle, Invisible, Strengthen) actually last?

    The rulebook answers this in "Conditions", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Conditions
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-03-25
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2023-03-25
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-04-03
    • yogibbear · Community · 2023-04-03
    • iron_n_wine · Community · 2023-03-28
    • ftl_ftw · Community · 2023-03-28
    • qbajaki · Community · 2023-01-28

    Until the end of the affected figure's next turn. Gained before that figure acts this round, it ends when its turn ends this round; gained during its own turn, it lasts the rest of that turn and the whole next one. A condition given to a summon or another character follows that figure's turns, not yours.

    Can I pay a 'condition self' cost (like the Geminate muddling itself) if I already have that condition?

    A publisher-affiliated account answered this directly on BGG in 2023, and the official FAQ agrees.

    • Morthai · Publisher · 2023-01-05
    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 8.6 Geminate · 2026-10-05
    • General_C · Community · 2022-11-29
    • ftl_ftw · Community · 2020-05-03
    • General_C · Community · 2023-01-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-05

    Yes. Unless the card says otherwise, you can inflict a condition on yourself that you already have, which pays the cost and resets its duration, so the muddle lasts until the end of your next turn. Cards that require you not to have it say 'if you don't have' explicitly.

    Can I target an enemy with a condition it is immune to?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 5.4.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 5.4 Negative Conditions · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04

    Yes, unlike in Gloomhaven. The enemy doesn't gain the condition, but it still counts as targeted, which matters for effects like the Boneshaper's Bone Dagger or the Shackles' transfer abilities (the condition still leaves you).

    Is Curse a negative condition a figure keeps, for battle goals like Tormentor?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 5.4.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 5.4 Negative Conditions · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • Madmullet · Community · 2026-08-04
    • DobbelB · Community · 2026-08-04
    • crashace · Community · 2023-01-22
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2023-01-22
    • rmsgrey · Community · 2023-11-14

    Only for a moment. A figure targeted by Curse briefly has the condition, long enough for an item or immunity to block it, then the curse card goes into its deck and the condition is gone. So cursing an enemy that already has a condition counts when you do it, but curse cards sitting in a deck don't make a monster count as having a condition later.

    Does immunity to Curse stop curse cards already in the deck from working?

    The rulebook answers this in "Negative Conditions", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Negative Conditions
    • a1bert · Community · 2025-11-13
    • broggi · Community · 2025-11-13
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-11-08
    • ddturnerphd · Community · 2023-11-08

    No. Immunity only stops new curse cards being added to that figure's deck. A curse already in the deck still takes effect when drawn, for a boss immune to curse just like anyone else.

    Does removing a summon that has a negative condition count as removing a negative condition from an ally?

    The designer ruled on this directly on BGG in 2022, and the official FAQ agrees.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2022-12-27
    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 5.4 Negative Conditions · 2026-10-05
    • a1bert · Community · 2022-12-27
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04

    No. Taking a summon off the map doesn't count as removing its conditions for any battle goal or effect.

    Does damaging myself or a brittle ally count as removing a negative condition, for the Optimist battle goal for example?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 5.2.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 5.2 Damage, Shield, Ward, and Brittle · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-04-07
    • SevenSpirits · Community · 2023-04-06
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-04-06disagrees
    • countertorque · Community · 2023-04-06disagrees

    Yes. Causing damage to yourself or to a brittle ally, which removes the Brittle, counts as you removing a negative condition.

    If a figure has both Regenerate and Wound, which happens first at the start of its turn?

    The rulebook answers this in "Positive Conditions", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Positive Conditions
    • rmsgrey · Community · 2023-04-13
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-05-04
    • jeffwolfe · Community · 2023-03-17
    • TemujinNC · Community · 2023-03-20
    • Zom B · Community · 2023-04-13disagrees

    Regenerate, always. Its Heal 1 resolves first and removes the Wound before the Wound can deal damage; Regenerate's heal also removes Poison (healing nothing).

    Do I lose Regenerate if I negate the damage by losing a card, or if Ward reduces it to 0?

    The rulebook answers this in "Positive Conditions", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Positive Conditions
    • DoctaWho · Community · 2023-01-07
    • Madmullet · Community · 2024-08-15
    • KangaxxTheLich · Community · 2024-08-15
    • QBert80 · Community · 2023-02-15
    • DoctaWho · Community · 2023-02-15
    • Psirus · Community · 2024-08-15disagrees
    • hugolin · Community · 2023-02-15disagrees

    No. Regenerate is only removed when you actually suffer damage, and in both cases you suffer none. Ward and Brittle are different: they apply before you choose to negate and are used up.

    Which conditions does a heal remove, and does a Heal 0 or a heal on a poisoned figure still remove them?

    The rulebook answers this in "Heal", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Heal
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-05-18
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-05-18
    • QBert80 · Community · 2024-04-03
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-07-24

    Any heal removes Wound, Brittle, Bane and Poison, all at once, even a Heal 0 and even if Poison stops it from restoring hit points. It is not optional. No other negative conditions are removed by healing.

    What can a stunned character still do?

    The rulebook answers this in "Negative Conditions", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Negative Conditions
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Positive Conditions
    • thebaker1983 · Community · 2023-05-14
    • rmsgrey · Community · 2023-05-14
    • Lavignac · Community · 2023-12-31
    • a1bert · Community · 2024-01-30
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-01-30
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-01-15
    • a1bert · Community · 2024-01-15
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-04-13

    Very little. A stunned figure can't perform any abilities, including ones granted or controlled by others, and can't use or trigger items. It still long rests normally if it declared one, Regenerate still heals it, bonuses already active (such as Retaliate or Shield) keep working, and end-of-turn looting still happens.

    What does Impair stop, and can I use my armor against an attack that would impair me?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 5.8, consistent with the rulebook's "Negative Conditions" section.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 5.8 Monster Focus, Abilities, and Stats · 2026-10-05
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Negative Conditions
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2025-05-12
    • JustAGuyPlayin · Community · 2025-05-12
    • nindroid20 · Community · 2023-02-28

    Impair stops a character using or triggering items, including passive items with a trigger like the Crude Helmet, though bonuses already gained stay. Against an attack that would impair you, you can still use items if you aren't impaired yet, because the condition only lands when the attack finishes.

    Do area or 'target all' attacks hit invisible enemies, and what can still affect them?

    The designer ruled on this directly on BGG in 2023, consistent with the rulebook's "Positive Conditions" section.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2023-02-04
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Positive Conditions
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2023-04-09
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-04-09
    • KangaxxTheLich · Community · 2023-09-02
    • General_C · Community · 2023-09-02
    • DobbelB · Community · 2023-09-03

    Invisible figures can't be focused on or targeted by enemies, so no attack hits them, including area and target-all attacks. Non-targeted effects still work: 'enemies suffer damage' effects and placing terrain near them (such as the Algox Stormcaller's hazardous terrain) are unaffected.

    Does attacking end Invisible, and does Invisible protect me from retaliate?

    The rulebook answers this in "Positive Conditions", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Positive Conditions
    • JimA759 · Community · 2024-11-04
    • tlh1138 · Community · 2024-11-04
    • skizzy00 · Community · 2022-12-18
    • Xaqery · Community · 2022-12-18

    Attacking doesn't end Invisible; it only expires at the end of your next turn. It also doesn't stop retaliate damage when you attack, because retaliate isn't targeted.

    When a bless or curse is added to an attack modifier deck, is the discard pile shuffled back in too?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • jkglife · Community · 2025-12-07
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2025-12-07
    • thebaker1983 · Community · 2025-04-24
    • yogibbear · Community · 2023-03-27
    • danom · Community · 2023-03-27

    No. Shuffle the card into the remaining draw pile only and leave the discards alone; the full reshuffle only happens at the end of a round in which a shuffle card was drawn.

    If a bless or curse is drawn but not used because of advantage or disadvantage, is it still removed from the deck?

    The rulebook answers this in "Attack Modifier Cards", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Attack Modifier Cards
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-03-04
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-01-23
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2023-01-23
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-03-07
    • Kampfwichtel · Community · 2023-03-07

    Yes. Every bless or curse card that is drawn returns to the supply, even the one whose value was ignored; they never go to the discard pile.

    How many bless and curse cards are there, and are they shared between monsters and characters?

    The rulebook answers this in "Positive Conditions", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Positive Conditions
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Negative Conditions
    • ftl_ftw · Community · 2023-03-04
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2023-05-27
    • DobbelB · Community · 2023-05-27
    • Ryanelrichie · Community · 2023-03-04disagrees

    There are 10 bless cards shared by every deck, so once all 10 are in play further Bless has no effect. Curses come in two sets of 10: one for the monster deck and one for character and ally decks.

    Can one attack add more than one curse, and does an area curse add a card for every target?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-11-01
    • General_C · Community · 2023-11-01
    • thebaker1983 · Community · 2025-04-23
    • a1bert · Community · 2025-04-23
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-03-21
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-02-15
    • sageleader · Community · 2023-04-29

    Yes. Curse cards in a deck aren't a condition you hold, so a deck can contain several. An area or multi-target attack with Curse adds one per surviving target (all into the monster deck if the targets are monsters), and an attack that curses twice adds two, as long as cards remain.

    Do an attack's conditions apply if the attack kills the target or deals no damage?

    The rulebook answers this in "Conditions", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Conditions
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-01-27
    • skizzy00 · Community · 2023-01-30
    • Alphaeus · Community · 2023-01-30
    • txnull · Community · 2024-02-07
    • Althizor · Community · 2024-02-07

    They apply even if the attack deals 0 damage (for example on a null), but not if the target is killed or exhausted by it. So a curse on an attack that kills a summon doesn't go into your deck.

    If a brittle character is hit by an attack that also inflicts Brittle, does the new Brittle apply?

    The rulebook answers this in "Conditions", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Conditions
    • DMRage · Community · 2023-01-04
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04

    Yes. The existing Brittle doubles the damage and is removed, and the attack's conditions are applied afterwards, so the target becomes brittle again.

    Do bless and curse cards stay in a deck after the figure that added them dies, or when the party moves to a new room?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • rmsgrey · Community · 2023-04-16
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-04-16
    • Gabethebabe · Community · 2023-03-11

    Yes. They remain until they are drawn or the scenario ends.

    Does a standalone condition ability like 'Stun, Range 1' affect every enemy in range, and is it an attack?

    The rulebook answers this in "Target", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Target
    • Gopher of Pern · Community · 2023-03-14
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-03-14
    • HitmanN · Community · 2023-09-16
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-09-16
    • a1bert · Community · 2025-05-01
    • woodnoggin · Community · 2024-07-25
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-07-25

    Neither. Without 'all' or a Target value, a condition ability targets one figure, and since it has no attack icon it isn't an attack: no modifier is drawn and attack-only items don't apply. Monsters with such abilities pick their single target with the focus rules.

    Heal, Shield, Retaliate and Active Bonuses

    If I draw several heal modifiers in one attack, do they make one heal or several, and can I split them?

    The rulebook answers this in "Heal", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Heal
    • skizzy00 · Community · 2022-11-28
    • General_C · Community · 2022-11-28
    • General_C · Community · 2022-11-28
    • ftl_ftw · Community · 2023-02-08
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • brunowolff · Community · 2022-11-28disagrees

    They form a single heal ability. You can put the whole amount on one ally, where it counts as one heal (so against Poison it only removes the Poison), or spread it as one heal affecting several allies, but you can't apply it as separate heals to the same ally.

    Can I heal a figure that is already at full health, for example just to infuse the action's element?

    The rulebook answers this in "Heal", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Heal
    • Sadgit · Community · 2025-05-25
    • Madmullet · Community · 2025-05-25
    • ftl_ftw · Community · 2023-08-27

    Yes. Healing a figure at maximum hit points is allowed, so the heal is performed and the action's element is infused.

    Does a Heal or other self-effect on an attack modifier card happen before or after the target's retaliate?

    The rulebook answers this in "Attack Effects", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Attack Effects
    • General_C · Community · 2025-05-30
    • General_C · Community · 2025-05-30
    • Ganashal · Community · 2023-12-24
    • General_C · Community · 2023-02-21
    • bartoszopka · Community · 2023-02-22
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-02-06disagrees

    After. Abilities attached to an attack that aren't attack effects, such as a heal on yourself, are performed once the attack has fully resolved, retaliate included. Effects on the target such as conditions and push or pull do come before retaliate.

    Can I skip the heal from a long rest or from Regenerate?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 5.5, consistent with the rulebook's "Resting" section.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 5.5 General Player Ability Questions and Clarifications · 2026-10-05
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Resting
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04

    Yes. Both heals are optional, which matters when you want to stay damaged or keep a negative condition for some effect.

    Does a Shield on an ability card protect me as soon as the cards are revealed?

    The rulebook answers this in "Shield", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Shield
    • albin747 · Community · 2023-03-26
    • DobbelB · Community · 2023-03-26

    No. A shield ability only takes effect when you perform it on your turn, since which top and bottom you use is only decided then. Shields from items or other sources follow their own timing.

    Does retaliate damage trigger the attacker's own retaliate?

    The rulebook answers this in "Retaliate", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Retaliate
    • Bodills · Community · 2023-03-22
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-03-22

    No. Retaliate is triggered by attacks, and retaliate damage isn't an attack or a targeted effect. A push from your attack is resolved before the target's retaliate, so you can push it out of range first.

    How do multiple retaliate bonuses with different ranges combine?

    The rulebook answers this in "Retaliate".

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Retaliate
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2023-03-31

    They add together into one source of damage, but each one only applies within its own range. A melee attacker suffers all of them, while a ranged attacker within range 3 suffers only the retaliates that reach range 3.

    Does retaliate damage from an attack I make count for a later 'if you suffered damage this turn' ability on the same card?

    The rulebook answers this in "Retaliate", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Retaliate
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-04-01
    • meziemer · Community · 2023-04-02

    Yes. Retaliate resolves as part of the attack, before the next ability on the card is performed.

    When can I end a persistent bonus or summon early, and where does the card go?

    The rulebook answers this in "Active Bonuses", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Active Bonuses
    • a1bert · Community · 2025-08-21
    • Tarmslitaren · Community · 2023-02-10
    • CheddarLimbo · Community · 2023-02-10
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-02-10
    • ftl_ftw · Community · 2023-01-01
    • Wachunga · Community · 2023-04-09
    • a1bert · Community · 2025-05-06
    • DobbelB · Community · 2025-09-18
    • nickwedig · Community · 2025-09-18

    At any time, even on another figure's turn, except in the middle of resolving an ability, so you can't dismiss a summon partway through an enemy's attack to dodge its curse. The card goes to the lost pile if its action has a lost icon, otherwise to your discard pile, so dismissing a persistent loss early doesn't save it. Round bonuses can't be ended early at all.

    What's the difference between 'adjacent allies gain Shield 1' and 'grant adjacent allies Shield 1'?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 5.5.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 5.5 General Player Ability Questions and Clarifications · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • MrPyro · Community · 2023-04-19
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2023-04-19

    'Allies gain' is your bonus, acting like an aura: it only applies to allies who currently meet the condition, so an ally who moves away loses it. 'Grant' gives the ally the ability itself; once they perform it, it's theirs for the duration even if they walk away. Round effects with a range, such as 'all allies within range 3 this round', work as an aura in the same way.

    Is there a limit on how many persistent or active cards I can have in play?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-03-29
    • JimA759 · Community · 2023-02-09
    • ftl_ftw · Community · 2023-02-09

    No. There's no cap on active bonus cards; if you run out of character tokens to track use slots, use any other marker.

    Summons, Allies and Commanding

    Where can a summon be placed: on a loot token, a pressure plate, or terrain, and what if there isn't room for all of them?

    The rulebook answers this in "Summon", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Summon
    • archit3uthis · Community · 2022-03-10
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-01
    • DobbelB · Community · 2023-01-01
    • rmsgrey · Community · 2023-01-16
    • txnull · Community · 2023-03-15
    • Darkii · Community · 2022-12-14
    • don_lope · Community · 2022-12-14

    In an empty hex adjacent to the summoner. Loot tokens, pressure plates, corridors and open doors don't stop a hex from being empty, but traps, treasure, obstacles and terrain tiles do. If there are fewer free adjacent hexes than summons, you still perform the ability and place as many as fit; with none free, nothing is summoned.

    In what order do my summons act, and can I change it?

    The rulebook answers this in "Character Summons", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Character Summons
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Summon
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-03-25
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-03-25
    • rmsgrey · Community · 2024-03-03
    • jkglife · Community · 2024-03-04
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2023-01-24
    • Solmyr1414 · Community · 2023-01-24

    All of your summons act immediately before you, in the order they were summoned (left to right in your active area), and you can't rearrange them. A summon never takes a turn in the round it was summoned.

    Do my summons still take their turns when I long rest?

    The rulebook answers this in "Character Summons", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Character Summons
    • Wachunga · Community · 2023-04-09
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-08-01

    Yes. A long rest is still your turn at initiative 99, and your summons act right before it.

    What does a summon do if it can't find a focus?

    The rulebook answers this in "Summon", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Summon
    • Wachunga · Community · 2023-04-09
    • Althizor · Community · 2025-05-25
    • Althizor · Community · 2025-05-25

    You may have it move toward you instead of standing still. It moves as if it were trying to get into melee with you, using the normal monster movement rules.

    Do character summons drop loot when killed, pick up loot, or open doors?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 5.6, consistent with the rulebook's "Doors" section.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 5.6 Loot Deck Questions · 2026-10-05
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Doors
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · End-of-Turn Looting
    • Wachunga · Community · 2023-04-09
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • SteoanK · Community · 2024-02-12
    • ftl_ftw · Community · 2024-02-12
    • JoannaPlay · Community · 2022-11-17
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-02-12
    • QBert80 · Community · 2023-02-12
    • jkglife · Community · 2023-03-05

    No to all three. Summons don't drop loot tokens, don't perform end-of-turn looting (they only loot with an ability that gives them Loot), and can't open doors, even with a move you grant them, unless a scenario rule says otherwise.

    Do my summon's kills count as my kills for battle goals, quests and abilities?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 8.5, consistent with the rulebook's "Kill Credit" section.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 8.5 Boneshaper · 2026-10-05
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Kill Credit
    • Wachunga · Community · 2023-04-09
    • Solmyr1414 · Community · 2023-01-11
    • QBert80 · Community · 2023-01-11
    • Quarthinos · Community · 2023-01-25
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-06-19

    Yes. Summons pass kill credit to their summoner, so their kills count for battle goals, personal quests and kill-tracking abilities, and a Boneshaper's summons looting counts as the Boneshaper looting.

    Do my summon's attacks count as me attacking, for battle goals or scenario effects?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • a1bert · Community · 2023-01-25
    • Althizor · Community · 2023-02-18
    • johannes · Community · 2023-02-18
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2025-02-26
    • Steinman · Community · 2023-02-26
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-02-26

    No. A summon's attack is the summon's, not yours, even when you granted it the attack. Only the kill credit passes to you, so goals that need you to attack, or scenario effects that punish characters who attacked, ignore summon attacks.

    Which attack modifier deck do my summons use, and where do blesses or curses aimed at them go?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 5.3, consistent with the rulebook's "Attack Effects" section.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 5.3 Attack Modifier Draws, Advantage, and Disadvantage · 2026-10-05
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Attack Effects
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • Wachunga · Community · 2023-04-09
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2023-03-25
    • a1bert · Community · 2024-08-21
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-12-24

    Your deck. Summons draw from their summoner's deck, so a curse or bless on a summon is shuffled into your deck, and blessing two of your summons adds two blesses to it. You decide the added effects of any card a summon draws, and class-specific effects always benefit you.

    When I grant a move or attack, who decides how it is performed?

    The rulebook answers this in "Commanding Figures", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Commanding Figures
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-07-31
    • thebaker1983 · Community · 2025-02-12
    • Althizor · Community · 2025-02-12
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2023-01-22
    • DoctaWho · Community · 2023-04-26
    • DoctaWho · Community · 2023-01-25
    • Althizor · Community · 2023-01-26

    If the recipient is your summon or a scenario ally, you decide: where it moves and whom it attacks, without monster focus rules (you still can't change the order of its abilities). If it's another player's character, that player decides how to use the granted ability.

    Can I grant an ability to a summon in the same round I summoned it?

    The rulebook answers this in "Commanding Figures", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Commanding Figures
    • danom · Community · 2023-05-01
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-05-01

    Yes. The rule that new summons don't act that round only covers their own turn; performing a granted ability isn't taking a turn.

    Can I grant an attack or move to a summon that is disarmed or immobilized?

    The rulebook answers this in "Commanding Figures", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Commanding Figures
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Negative Conditions
    • Wachunga · Community · 2023-04-09
    • QBert80 · Community · 2023-02-12
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-02-12

    No. A disarmed figure can't perform attacks and an immobilized one can't move, granted or not. Those conditions usually end at the end of the summon's next turn, which comes just before yours, so by your turn they are often gone.

    Do I need to be adjacent to my summon, or have line of sight, to grant it an ability?

    The rulebook answers this in "Commanding Figures", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Commanding Figures
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Line-of-Sight
    • Wachunga · Community · 2023-04-09
    • QBert80 · Community · 2023-02-12
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-02-12

    You don't need to be adjacent, and there's no range limit unless one is shown, but a Grant is a targeted ability, so you need line of sight to the summon.

    What's the difference between granting a summon or monster 'Attack 5' and 'Attack +1'?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 5.5, consistent with the rulebook's "Commanding Figures" section.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 5.5 General Player Ability Questions and Clarifications · 2026-10-05
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Commanding Figures
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • Ryanelrichie · Community · 2023-02-21
    • bartoszopka · Community · 2023-02-21
    • DoctaWho · Community · 2023-01-24
    • Horatio Humblestumps · Community · 2023-06-24
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-06-24
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-06-10
    • Althizor · Community · 2025-02-12
    • General_C · Community · 2023-01-17
    • DoctaWho · Community · 2023-03-02
    • QBert80 · Community · 2023-02-13disagrees

    Both keep the figure's own attack traits, such as poison on all attacks or extra targets. 'Attack X' is always a melee attack at exactly that value and can be granted to a figure with no attack stat. 'Attack +X' adds to the figure's own attack, can't be given to a figure without an attack stat, and for a summon keeps any range the summon always has (for a monster it is melee).

    Can summons gain conditions, and can I strengthen or heal them with ally abilities?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • jkglife · Community · 2023-01-24
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2023-01-24
    • Gopher of Pern · Community · 2023-07-02
    • kleep · Community · 2023-07-02
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-03-05
    • JoannaPlay · Community · 2024-03-05
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2023-02-08

    Yes. Summons are figures and your allies, so ally-targeting heals and positive conditions work on them, and enemies can give them negative conditions unless they're immune. The one exception is Impair, which only characters can gain. Summons are not characters, so effects that name characters skip them.

    Does dismissing my own summon trigger its 'when this dies' effect?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • QBert80 · Community · 2024-01-18
    • a1bert · Community · 2024-01-18

    No. Removing a summon isn't killing it; on-death effects only happen when it dies from damage or from an effect that kills it.

    Where does a summon's card go when the summon dies?

    The rulebook answers this in "Summon", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Summon
    • any2cards · Community · 2020-04-14
    • rmsgrey · Community · 2020-04-14
    • ftl_ftw · Community · 2020-04-16

    Wherever its action's icons say: to the lost pile if it has a lost icon, otherwise to your discard pile. Several Frosthaven summon actions aren't losses, so those cards are simply discarded.

    Can I summon while disarmed or stunned?

    The rulebook answers this in "Negative Conditions".

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Negative Conditions
    • Wachunga · Community · 2023-04-09

    Disarm only stops attack abilities, so you can still summon, move, heal and grant. Stun stops all of your abilities, summoning included, but your summons already on the map act normally.

    How do scenario allies act, and which attack modifier deck do they use?

    The rulebook answers this in "Common Scenario Rules", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Common Scenario Rules
    • rmsgrey · Community · 2023-04-21
    • Gopher of Pern · Community · 2023-04-21
    • ftl_ftw · Community · 2023-04-29
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-04-29
    • KangaxxTheLich · Community · 2023-08-16
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2023-05-27

    Unless the special rules give you control, scenario allies follow the monster rules: they move toward an enemy as if for a melee attack and heal the most-damaged figure in range, so you can't make them hold back. They use the separate ally attack modifier deck (your summons use yours), and when that deck is cursed it takes the character curses.

    What does it mean when a scenario ally or figure 'can't be interacted with'?

    A publisher-affiliated account answered this directly on BGG in 2023, and the official FAQ agrees.

    • Satire · Publisher · 2023-12-30
    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 5.9 Scenario Allies · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04

    It occupies its hex: its allies can move through it but its enemies can't. It can't be targeted, damaged or focused on, it is affected by obstacles, icy and difficult terrain but doesn't treat traps or hazardous terrain as negative hexes and never springs them, and it doesn't count for anything that checks ally positions, such as Banner Spear formations, unless the scenario says so.

    Items

    Can characters trade or give items to each other?

    The designer ruled on this directly on BGG in 2020, consistent with the rulebook's "Item Limits" section.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2020-11-07
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Item Limits
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Brew Potions
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2023-03-09
    • QBert80 · Community · 2023-04-11
    • thorbot · Community · 2025-10-15
    • rmsgrey · Community · 2025-10-15
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-06-05
    • brianjudd · Community · 2023-01-17

    No. Items can't be transferred or traded between characters, as in Gloomhaven and unlike Jaws of the Lion; a freshly looted item stays with the character who looted it. To pass an item on, one character sells it and the other buys it once buying is possible. The exceptions are a newly brewed potion, which the brewer may hand to another party member, and a duplicate of an item you already own.

    Can I use an item found in a treasure chest or from a random item loot card right away if it puts me over my item limit?

    The designer ruled on this directly on BGG in 2020, consistent with the rulebook's "Treasures" section.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2020-11-07
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Treasures
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Loot
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-03-27
    • QBert80 · Community · 2023-03-27
    • thorbot · Community · 2025-03-10
    • baldeaglemeat · Community · 2024-08-14
    • gpoirier · Community · 2024-08-14

    Yes. An item gained during the scenario can be used for the rest of that scenario even beyond your slot limits. It is yours permanently, but from the next scenario on you can only bring what your limits allow.

    If a random or treasure item adds -1 modifier cards, do I have to equip it and add them?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 5.6.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 5.6 Loot Deck Questions · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • thorbot · Community · 2025-03-10
    • jkglife · Community · 2025-03-10
    • JimA759 · Community · 2023-07-23
    • Lorandar · Community · 2023-07-23

    No. Leaving it unequipped is allowed. Equip it and you must add its -1 cards, unless you have a perk that ignores negative item effects.

    When we replay a scenario whose random item we already looted, does the random item card go back in the loot deck?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 5.6, consistent with the rulebook's "Loot Deck" section.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 5.6 Loot Deck Questions · 2026-10-05
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Loot Deck
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • JustAGuyPlayin · Community · 2023-01-10
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-10
    • a1bert · Community · 2024-12-23

    No. A scenario's random item can only be gained once: you tick its box in the loot table when you get it (even in a scenario you then lose), and from then on you leave that card out of the loot deck.

    Which deck do I draw from for a random item loot card or treasure?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 5.6.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 5.6 Loot Deck Questions · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • Xaqery · Community · 2022-12-13
    • rmsgrey · Community · 2023-01-30

    The random item deck, the purple-backed cards with gold costs, not the general item supply. The blue-backed deck is random item blueprints, which unlock items for crafting instead.

    What happens if I gain an item I already own or that I can't otherwise get?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 9, consistent with the rulebook's "Loot" section.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 9 Items (General) · 2026-10-05
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Loot
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • DobbelB · Community · 2024-01-20
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-01-20
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-07-16
    • nickwedig · Community · 2025-08-14
    • DobbelB · Community · 2022-11-18

    For a looted duplicate the rulebook says to give it to another character or sell it right away, and the official FAQ widened the selling rule to any item a character gains but cannot have, for any reason. If a treasure's item has no copy left to take, you get its sale value instead.

    Can I use an item in the middle of my move or attack?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 9, consistent with the rulebook's "Item Usage" section.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 9 Items (General) · 2026-10-05
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Item Usage
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-05-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-04-29
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-05-05
    • ftl_ftw · Community · 2023-09-08
    • brunowolff · Community · 2022-12-28
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-04-29
    • meziemer · Community · 2022-12-28disagrees

    Only if using the item isn't an ability itself. Items that only make sense during a move or attack (extra movement, a bonus to that attack, a reaction to an incoming attack) can be used mid-ability. Items that perform their own ability, such as healing, dealing damage, destroying an obstacle, or giving a round-long or persistent bonus like 'Jump on all your moves this turn', must wait until your current ability is finished. This overrides the Gloomhaven FAQ.

    Can I use the Frosthaven Winged Shoes partway through a move when I suddenly need to jump?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 9.1.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 9.1 Items (Specific) · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2025-03-01
    • rmsgrey · Community · 2025-03-01

    No. Using Winged Shoes is an ability, so it can't interrupt another ability. Use them before the move, and every move ability you perform afterwards that turn gains Jump. Only the older Gloomhaven version adds Jump mid-movement.

    Which items must I use when their trigger happens, and which are optional?

    The rulebook answers this in "Item Usage", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Item Usage
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-05-17
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-06-14
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-03-26
    • Solmyr1414 · Community · 2023-08-18
    • MrPyro · Community · 2023-02-11
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2025-04-03
    • alecm88 · Community · 2023-01-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-03-26

    Items with use slots and items with a passive effect must be used whenever their requirement is met, even if they do nothing useful, as when armor gives disadvantage to an attacker that already has it. Items that are simply spent, lost or flipped are optional, and you choose when (and in what order) to use them, for example among several shields until the damage reaches 0.

    When do I have to use an item that affects an attack?

    The rulebook answers this in "Item Usage", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Item Usage
    • a1bert · Community · 2024-12-03
    • Lasserini · Community · 2024-12-03
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-06-08
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-06-08
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-05-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-05-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04

    Before the attack modifier is drawn, for any item that changes the attack itself (a bonus, an added effect, advantage or disadvantage, range or targets); for a multi-target attack, range and target items must be used before the ability starts. Items that react to damage you suffer, or that explicitly trigger 'when' a modifier is drawn, are used afterwards.

    How does an item that changes a monster's attack modifier (like a Crude Helmet) work when the monster has advantage or disadvantage?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 9.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 9 Items (General) · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-03-13
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-03-15

    Apply the item to the cards before deciding which card the monster uses, so the item's change can affect which card counts as better or worse. This reverses a Gloomhaven FAQ ruling.

    Can I use my items, like Crude Boots or a Spyglass, to boost a move or attack I grant to an ally or summon?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 9.1.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 9.1 Items (Specific) · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • Wachunga · Community · 2023-04-09
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2023-01-28
    • Ganashal · Community · 2023-01-28
    • QBert80 · Community · 2023-02-01
    • KangaxxTheLich · Community · 2024-05-21

    No. A granted ability is performed by the figure that receives it, so items that modify your abilities don't apply. Items that refer to 'you' don't affect your summons unless they explicitly say so. A character who receives a grant can use their own items on it.

    When another character grants me a move or attack outside my turn, which of my items can I use?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 9.1.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 9.1 Items (Specific) · 2026-10-05
    • ftl_ftw · Community · 2023-12-30
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-12-30
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-07-26

    Items that trigger during a move or attack work, since you are performing the ability. Items worded 'during your turn' don't, because it isn't your turn. Volatile Boots, for example, can boost a granted move and still be used on your own turn before flipping at its end.

    Do range items like the Crude Bow or Well-Strung Bow work with area-of-effect or multi-target ranged attacks?

    The Crude Bow part is an errata clarification the FAQ maintainer posted after discussing it with the designer; the rest comes from forum answers.

    • dwarf74 · Community · 2025-05-16
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2025-05-16
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-06-09
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2025-05-16
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2025-04-05
    • MrPyro · Community · 2025-09-29
    • Complex · Community · 2025-05-12disagrees

    It depends on the wording. An item that adds range to a single attack, like the Crude Bow, can boost one target of a Target X attack but not a red-hex area attack. An item that raises the range of all your ranged attacks, like the Well-Strung Bow, extends the whole ability, including where an area pattern can be placed. An area attack without a grey hex is a ranged attack.

    What can the Ember Energy Source (item 244) increase?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 9.1.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 9.1 Items (Specific) · 2026-10-05
    • QBert80 · Community · 2025-01-04
    • General_C · Community · 2025-01-04
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2023-06-02
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-06-17
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2025-04-13
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-12-25
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04

    Only a value already printed on the ability. It can't give a melee attack range (melee has no printed range) or add a Target to a single-target attack, and it doesn't boost '+X' bonuses or summon stats. It modifies one instance of one ability, so a repeated or persistent ability doesn't keep the boost.

    Can I recover an item with several use slots before all of them are used?

    The rulebook answers this in "Item Usage", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Item Usage
    • ftl_ftw · Community · 2023-03-05
    • bartoszopka · Community · 2023-03-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-02-05
    • eske86 · Community · 2023-12-04
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-09-16

    Yes. Unlike Gloomhaven, a partly used multi-use item can be recovered, for example by a long rest, and its token goes back to the first slot.

    Can I use an item during my long rest turn and then refresh it with the same rest?

    The rulebook answers this in "Resting", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Resting
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-04-16
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-01-06
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-12-12
    • ftl_ftw · Community · 2023-12-12
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04

    Yes. A long rest is a turn, and you can use items before the rest's steps and then recover them; recovered items can even be used again that turn. Flexible Slippers are the exception, because end-of-turn looting comes after the refresh.

    Is a lost or consumed item gone for good?

    The rulebook answers this in "Item Usage", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Item Usage
    • thryllphyl · Community · 2023-05-19
    • Ganashal · Community · 2024-02-14
    • frekol · Community · 2024-02-14
    • muddgirl · Community · 2024-09-21
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-09-22

    No. It is unusable for the rest of that scenario (unless recovered), but every item returns to its normal state at the end of the scenario, even before a force-linked follow-up. No item can ever be permanently lost.

    Which side does a flip item start on?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 9.1, consistent with the rulebook's "Item Usage" section.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 9.1 Items (Specific) · 2026-10-05
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Item Usage
    • bartoszopka · Community · 2023-03-04
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-03-04
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-06-09
    • a1bert · Community · 2024-04-25
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04

    The side that shows its gold or crafting cost. For a flip item with no cost on either side, start on the side that doesn't have the item number, since item numbers are printed on card backs.

    How do the Flexible Slippers (item 006) work: can I loot an empty adjacent hex, or use them when my own hex is empty?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 9.1, consistent with the rulebook's "End-of-Turn Looting" section.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 9.1 Items (Specific) · 2026-10-05
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · End-of-Turn Looting
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-04-13
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2023-04-13
    • danom · Community · 2023-04-14
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-04-02
    • Althizor · Community · 2024-08-13
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-04-13
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • rmsgrey · Community · 2023-04-05disagrees

    Your end-of-turn looting happens in the adjacent hex you pick instead of your own, and neither hex needs to contain anything, so you can also use them to avoid picking up loot. If you were stunned or impaired before your turn, that condition expires at the same time as end-of-turn looting, so you can let it expire first and still use them. You can't use them during a long rest and then recover them with it, because end-of-turn looting comes after the refresh.

    Do items that trigger after moving 4 or more hexes (like Horned Helm or Endurance Footwraps) trigger more than once per turn?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • jkglife · Community · 2024-03-11
    • General_C · Community · 2024-03-11
    • General_C · Community · 2024-09-29
    • rmsgrey · Community · 2024-09-30
    • SarkothelSheyd · Community · 2024-03-11disagrees

    No, at most once per turn. Hexes from several move abilities in the same turn add together toward the 4, but moving further only adds to the 'or more'.

    Can I leave enemies out when using Tome of Life (item 218)?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 9.1.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 9.1 Items (Specific) · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-08-17
    • loren_dambrosio · Community · 2023-08-17
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-08-17

    No. The benefits it gives enemies are its built-in downside, and negative effects for your side can't be skipped. It still needs line of sight, so figures you can't see aren't affected.

    Does the shield from Protective Scepter (item 009) end if the ally moves out of range?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2023-05-26
    • General_C · Community · 2023-05-26

    It targets specific allies within range when you use it, and they keep the shield for its duration wherever they go; only effects worded as applying to all allies within range act as auras.

    Do items or abilities that teleport another figure (like the Translocation Rod) need line of sight?

    The rulebook answers this in "Forced Movement", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Forced Movement
    • Althizor · Community · 2024-02-09
    • Althizor · Community · 2024-02-09
    • a1bert · Community · 2024-06-28
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-06-28

    Yes. Teleporting another figure counts as forced movement, which is targeted, so you need line of sight to it. Teleporting only yourself isn't targeted and needs none.

    Resting, Damage and Exhaustion

    Do non-lost cards sitting in my active area count toward my discard pile for long resting?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 1, consistent with the rulebook's "Active Bonuses" section.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 1 First Printing Production Errors and Typos · 2026-10-05
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Active Bonuses
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-05-04
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-04-30
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-04-30
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-05-04
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-04-30
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-04-30

    Yes, after an errata to the rulebook. Active cards without a lost icon count as part of your discard pile both for whether you may long rest and for which card you may lose, but they stay in play and don't return to your hand. So a Boneshaper with two active skeleton cards and an empty discard pile can long rest; if no real discards exist, one of those active cards has to be the lost card.

    If I lose a card to negate damage, are my Ward or Brittle and my armor's use slots still used?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 5.2, consistent with the rulebook's "Character Damage" section.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 5.2 Damage, Shield, Ward, and Brittle · 2026-10-05
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Character Damage
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04

    Yes. Ward, Brittle and mandatory items such as armor are applied before you decide to negate the damage, so they are spent even though you then lose a card to avoid taking it.

    Can I lose a card I played this turn to negate damage, and when does my first card hit the discard pile?

    The rulebook answers this in "Character Damage", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Character Damage
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Character Ability Cards
    • Althizor · Community · 2023-04-27
    • crashace · Community · 2023-04-27
    • RazR · Community · 2023-04-27
    • rmsgrey · Community · 2023-04-28
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-04-29
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2023-04-27

    Each card goes to your discard, lost pile or active area as soon as its action is finished. So once your first action is done that card can be lost to negate damage or recovered, but the card you haven't resolved yet is in neither your hand nor your discard pile and can't be lost.

    When exactly does a character become exhausted for running out of cards, and can I choose to exhaust instead of resting?

    The rulebook answers this in "Exhaustion", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Exhaustion
    • Ganashal · Community · 2023-04-10
    • rmsgrey · Community · 2023-04-10
    • a1bert · Community · 2024-01-21

    Only at the start of a round, if you have fewer than two cards in hand and fewer than two in your discard pile. With two cards left you can still play them (or long rest first). If you are able to rest, you can't declare yourself exhausted instead.

    When I short rest and pay 1 damage to re-roll the lost card, can I negate that damage, and with which cards?

    Only a single forum answer supports this; treat it as a best reading, not a ruling.

    • DobbelB · Community · 2025-08-29

    The cards haven't returned to your hand yet, so the card you saved is set aside and the rest are still in the discard pile. You can negate the damage by losing two cards from that discard pile, then randomly lose one of what's left and return the remaining cards and the saved card to your hand.

    Is a short rest part of the end of my turn?

    The rulebook answers this in "End Of Round".

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · End Of Round
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-01-27

    No. Short rests happen during the End of Round step, after round bonuses are cleared, not at the end of anyone's turn, so end-of-turn effects don't interact with them.

    Do I still loot my hex at the end of a long rest turn?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 9.1, consistent with the rulebook's "End-of-Turn Looting" section.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 9.1 Items (Specific) · 2026-10-05
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · End-of-Turn Looting
    • ftl_ftw · Community · 2023-03-26
    • Dupey · Community · 2023-03-26
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04

    Yes. A long rest is still your turn, and characters always perform end-of-turn looting. Note that Flexible Slippers can't be used and then recovered by the same long rest, because the looting happens after the rest refreshes items.

    If I'm granted a move or pushed onto a loot token outside my own turn, do I pick it up?

    The rulebook answers this in "End-of-Turn Looting", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · End-of-Turn Looting
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-06-16
    • coolscribe · Community · 2023-04-12
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2023-04-12

    Not right away. End-of-turn looting only happens at the end of your own turn, so you pick the token up at the end of your next turn if you're still standing there.

    Do summons, scenario allies or monsters pick up loot tokens at the end of their turns?

    The rulebook answers this in "End-of-Turn Looting", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · End-of-Turn Looting
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Loot
    • rmsgrey · Community · 2023-03-13
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2023-03-13
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2023-01-02

    No. Only characters perform end-of-turn looting. Other figures only loot with a Loot ability or when a scenario rule says so, and a monster that loots simply removes the tokens. A character's end-of-turn looting takes every loot token and treasure in their hex.

    If my character becomes exhausted during their own turn, do the elements from that turn still get infused?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • DobbelB · Community · 2024-07-04
    • a1bert · Community · 2024-07-04

    Infusions from abilities you already performed still happen when the turn ends. Your other end-of-turn effects don't, because the exhausted character is removed and their active bonuses stop working.

    Monster Focus and Movement

    How does a monster (or summon) choose its focus?

    The designer ruled on this directly on BGG in 2023, consistent with the rulebook's "Focus" section.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2023-04-02
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Focus
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · 2. Find Focus
    • ftl_ftw · Community · 2023-02-06
    • JustAGuyPlayin · Community · 2023-02-06
    • trewavas · Community · 2023-05-05
    • KangaxxTheLich · Community · 2023-05-05
    • Kampfwichtel · Community · 2023-03-16
    • damhalf · Community · 2023-01-28
    • DobbelB · Community · 2023-01-12

    It looks for the enemy it could attack using a path that triggers the fewest negative hexes (traps, hazardous terrain), then, among those, the fewest movement points, counting difficult and icy terrain and assuming unlimited movement. Remaining ties go to the enemy closest by range from where the monster stands, then to the one earliest in initiative order. Proximity is measured to the enemy, while movement is measured to the hex it would attack from.

    Will a monster step on a trap or hazardous terrain to attack this turn if a safe route would take longer?

    The rulebook answers this in "Path Priority", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Path Priority
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Focus
    • thebaker1983 · Community · 2023-04-26
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-04-28
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-03-25
    • Madmullet · Community · 2024-07-12
    • a1bert · Community · 2024-05-09
    • a1bert · Community · 2024-03-28
    • Lotharhill · Community · 2023-07-18
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-07-26
    • Eliadann · Community · 2023-04-28disagrees

    No. If any route of any length (assuming unlimited movement) reaches an attack hex without triggering a negative hex, the monster uses it, even if that means it can't attack this round. It also never steps on one just to avoid disadvantage or add targets. Jumping or flying monsters only care about the hex they land in.

    When will a monster walk through a trap or hazardous terrain?

    The rulebook answers this in "Path Priority", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Path Priority
    • Madmullet · Community · 2024-07-12
    • rmsgrey · Community · 2024-07-12
    • ftl_ftw · Community · 2023-08-02
    • kylewolfson · Community · 2023-08-02
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-05-23
    • ftl_ftw · Community · 2023-02-03
    • bartoszopka · Community · 2023-04-29
    • General_C · Community · 2025-01-17

    Only when every path to every possible attack hex triggers one; then it takes the path that triggers the fewest. Other monsters in the way don't force this, since monsters can move through their allies, but hexes occupied by any figure can't be attack hexes, so if the only free attack hexes lie behind traps, it goes through.

    Do monsters pick the least harmful trap or hazard when they must cross one?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 5.8.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 5.8 Monster Focus, Abilities, and Stats · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2023-01-21
    • BonusJonas · Community · 2023-01-21
    • tman121 · Community · 2025-01-18
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2023-05-21
    • KangaxxTheLich · Community · 2023-08-31

    No. Monsters count how many negative hexes a path triggers, not what they do or whether they're traps or hazardous terrain. Between otherwise equal paths, the players choose, and they may pick the nastiest one.

    Is difficult terrain a negative hex that monsters avoid?

    The rulebook answers this in "Focus", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Focus
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2023-04-28
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-04-28
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-05-15
    • JoannaPlay · Community · 2023-03-05
    • MrPyro · Community · 2023-03-05

    No. Only hexes that would harm the monster, like traps and hazardous terrain, are negative. Difficult terrain just costs 2 movement when the monster works out the shortest path, so it can make another enemy the cheaper focus.

    Do monsters and summons understand icy terrain when choosing focus and moving?

    The designer ruled on this directly on BGG in 2023, consistent with the rulebook's "Focus" section.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2023-04-02
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Focus
    • rmsgrey · Community · 2023-02-09
    • nickwedig · Community · 2026-01-26
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-10-02
    • DobbelB · Community · 2022-11-21
    • DobbelB · Community · 2023-08-20
    • rmsgrey · Community · 2024-05-25

    Yes. Icy terrain isn't a negative hex, and monsters plan their paths knowing exactly where a slide will carry them, using it to save movement and avoiding slides that would dump them into traps or hazards. An ally standing on the ice doesn't stop them entering it.

    Does a monster need line of sight to an enemy to focus on it and move toward it?

    The rulebook answers this in "Path Priority", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Path Priority
    • a1bert · Community · 2024-06-16
    • rmsgrey · Community · 2024-06-16
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-04-05
    • KangaxxTheLich · Community · 2023-04-05

    No. Focus doesn't need line of sight; the monster only needs some hex, reachable with unlimited movement, from which it could attack. Monsters always know where every character is, even in another room.

    If a ranged monster is adjacent to one enemy but could hit another without disadvantage, which does it attack?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 5.8, consistent with the rulebook's "Monster Movement" section.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 5.8 Monster Focus, Abilities, and Stats · 2026-10-05
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Monster Movement
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • a1bert · Community · 2022-12-04
    • DobbelB · Community · 2023-12-26
    • Not_People · Community · 2022-12-24
    • JimA759 · Community · 2023-03-17
    • QBert80 · Community · 2023-02-15
    • SevenSpirits · Community · 2024-01-26

    The adjacent one. Disadvantage plays no part in choosing focus, and the adjacent enemy is closest. Afterwards, if the monster can step away so the attack loses disadvantage, it does so using as few hexes as possible.

    When does a ranged monster move away from an adjacent target?

    The rulebook answers this in "Monster Movement", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Monster Movement
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2023-01-31
    • Ganashal · Community · 2023-01-31
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2023-06-05
    • a1bert · Community · 2026-04-01
    • a1bert · Community · 2024-03-28
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-01-15
    • Grahamers2002 · Community · 2023-01-31disagrees

    Only if moving actually removes the disadvantage. A monster that would still be disadvantaged anyway (for example, muddled) or that can already attack its focus and all its targets doesn't step back, and it never moves just to attack from maximum range.

    Do monsters avoid a character whose armor (like Crude Hide Armor) would give their attack disadvantage?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 9.1.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 9.1 Items (Specific) · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-06-06
    • General_C · Community · 2023-06-05
    • rmsgrey · Community · 2023-06-05disagrees

    No. Reactive items only apply disadvantage after the monster has committed to the attack, so they don't affect focus, movement or the choice of extra targets. An effect that is already active, such as 'attacks targeting you this round gain disadvantage', does count.

    Why does a monster sometimes not move even though it has movement left?

    The rulebook answers this in "Monster Movement", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Monster Movement
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · 3. Perform Monster Abilities
    • KangaxxTheLich · Community · 2023-03-01
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2023-03-01
    • Gopher of Pern · Community · 2023-03-01
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2023-03-01
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-07-08
    • DobbelB · Community · 2023-06-14
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-05-15
    • thryllphyl · Community · 2023-01-27

    A monster picks its attack hex first, then only moves if it can end with a shorter path to that hex than it has now. It may wander off the straight route if that is what shortens the path, but if no reachable hex gets it any closer (for example its allies block the way), it stays where it is.

    When a monster has several equally good hexes or targets, who decides, and must we pick what's best for the monster?

    The rulebook answers this in "Monster Ability Cards", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Monster Ability Cards
    • KangaxxTheLich · Community · 2023-03-01
    • DobbelB · Community · 2023-06-05
    • Lorandar · Community · 2023-06-05
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2023-04-11
    • crashace · Community · 2023-04-11
    • KangaxxTheLich · Community · 2023-12-17

    The players decide, and the rules say the choice doesn't have to be the best one for the monster, so you can resolve ties in your favour, such as keeping a healer out of range of its wounded ally.

    How does a monster move when its ability card has a move but no attack (for example move and heal)?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 5.8, consistent with the rulebook's "Focus" section.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 5.8 Monster Focus, Abilities, and Stats · 2026-10-05
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Focus
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • coolscribe · Community · 2023-03-25
    • Xaqery · Community · 2022-12-29
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2025-03-01
    • prologuetheory · Community · 2022-12-06
    • rmsgrey · Community · 2023-11-18
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2023-05-12

    It finds a focus and moves as if it were making a single-target melee attack, then performs its other abilities from wherever it ends, even if that move takes it out of range of an ally it could have healed. The same applies to a ranged monster on a card without an attack, and to any monster that is disarmed.

    How does a monster pick targets for a negative non-attack ability, like a Hound's muddle or a Pull 2, Range 3?

    The rulebook answers this in "Other Monster Abilities", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Other Monster Abilities
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-06-29
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-06-30
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2023-02-08
    • a1bert · Community · 2025-05-01
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-02-13
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-06-23

    It moves as if for a single-target melee attack on its focus, without trying to reach more targets. Then, from where it stands, it chooses targets for that ability with the focus rules and tie-breakers, so the target may not be its focus.

    How does a monster with a multi-target or area attack choose where to stand and whom else to attack?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 5.8, consistent with the rulebook's "Additional Foci" section.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 5.8 Monster Focus, Abilities, and Stats · 2026-10-05
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Additional Foci
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • KangaxxTheLich · Community · 2023-03-16
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-03-16
    • Ganashal · Community · 2022-06-12
    • DobbelB · Community · 2023-03-08
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-12-12
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-04-12
    • JimA759 · Community · 2023-03-05disagrees
    • Alphaeus · Community · 2023-01-30disagrees

    Its primary focus is always one of the targets. Within that, it picks a hex that avoids extra negative hexes, then attacks as many targets as possible, then has as few disadvantaged attacks as possible, then uses the least movement. Any remaining choice of hex and extra targets belongs to the players. Unlike Gloomhaven, there are no secondary foci, and adding targets comes before avoiding disadvantage on the focus.

    If a multi-target monster can't reach any target this turn, does it move toward a spot where it could hit more enemies?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 5.8, consistent with the rulebook's "Additional Foci" section.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 5.8 Monster Focus, Abilities, and Stats · 2026-10-05
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Additional Foci
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-03-09
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-03-09
    • a1bert · Community · 2024-07-16
    • stumpy_spiff · Community · 2025-09-12
    • nickybo · Community · 2023-03-09disagrees

    No. Target optimization only happens when it can attack its focus this turn. Otherwise it simply moves toward its primary focus, and it ignores targets it can't attack this turn.

    In what order does a monster resolve attacks against several targets, and can retaliate kill it partway?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 5.8.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 5.8 Monster Focus, Abilities, and Stats · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • rmsgrey · Community · 2024-06-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-06-06

    The order is up to the players once the targets are set; the focus doesn't have to go first. Each attack resolves fully, retaliate included, so a monster can die before finishing all its attacks.

    When does a monster choose its focus, and does it change during its turn?

    The rulebook answers this in "Focus", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Focus
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-04-24
    • countertorque · Community · 2023-04-24
    • a1bert · Community · 2024-06-16
    • DobbelB · Community · 2024-06-16
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2023-03-12
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-03-12
    • a1bert · Community · 2024-04-24

    Each figure picks its focus at the start of its own turn from the board as it is then. It keeps that focus for the whole turn: if a push or slide moves it next to someone else, or a push carries its target out of reach, it doesn't switch, and any remaining attacks are lost.

    If a monster can't reach its focus, will it attack a different enemy it can reach?

    The rulebook answers this in "Monster Attacks", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Monster Attacks
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2023-01-03
    • Solmyr1414 · Community · 2023-01-03
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-07-21
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2023-06-27

    No. Monsters only attack their focus (or foci for multi-target attacks), so a monster that can't reach its focus just moves toward it and doesn't attack anyone else, even one standing next to it.

    When a monster's focus is tied between a character and that character's summon, which does it pick?

    The rulebook answers this in "Character Summons", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Character Summons
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-07-13
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2023-01-22
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-02-23
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-07-13
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2023-04-06

    The summon. Summons sit just before their summoner in the initiative order, so they win the final tie-break, even a summon placed this round that hasn't acted yet. Several summons are ordered by when they were summoned.

    How does a summon or ally break a focus tie between two monsters of the same type?

    The rulebook answers this in "Monster Order", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Monster Order
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Focus
    • jkglife · Community · 2025-12-07
    • a1bert · Community · 2026-04-01
    • I Eat Tables · Community · 2026-04-01
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-08-01
    • DobbelB · Community · 2023-05-14

    By initiative order: elites act before normals, and within each rank the lower standee number goes first, so an elite or the lower-numbered standee is chosen.

    Can a monster with Jump choose to walk instead, for example to use icy terrain?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-04-18
    • sageleader · Community · 2023-04-17
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-04-18
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2023-04-17disagrees

    No. Monsters always use the Jump on their move ability; only characters may decline it.

    If a monster doesn't move on its turn, has it performed its move or 'ended its movement'?

    The rulebook answers this in "Monster Movement", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Monster Movement
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Move
    • bartoszopka · Community · 2023-03-06
    • Emeriel · Community · 2023-03-06
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-05-22
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-05-22
    • Ganashal · Community · 2023-04-13

    No. A monster can move anywhere from 0 up to its move value, but staying put isn't performing a move, so effects that trigger on moving or on ending a move don't happen, and it doesn't count for the card's element.

    If every hex from which a monster could attack is occupied, does it still move closer?

    The rulebook answers this in "No Focus", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · No Focus
    • a1bert · Community · 2024-06-05
    • brianjudd · Community · 2024-06-05
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-04-17

    No. If no unoccupied hex it could reach (with unlimited movement) lets it attack anyone, it has no focus, so it doesn't move or attack, though it still performs its other abilities. An invisible figure still blocks hexes for this.

    Do monsters get a free attack when I move away from them?

    The rulebook answers this in "Monster Ability Cards", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Monster Ability Cards
    • dstinard · Community · 2023-02-03
    • scorcherdarkly · Community · 2023-02-03

    No. There are no opportunity attacks in Frosthaven; monsters only do what their ability card says on their own turn.

    Do character summons avoid traps and hazardous terrain when they move?

    The rulebook answers this in "Summon", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Summon
    • countertorque · Community · 2026-05-11
    • CrashTestDummy · Community · 2026-05-11
    • jkglife · Community · 2023-09-21
    • CheddarLimbo · Community · 2023-09-21

    Yes. Summons follow the monster movement rules, so they avoid negative hexes when they can, including your own healing traps; terrain a summon is immune to doesn't count as negative for it.

    Can monsters move through other monsters, and what about a monster I control?

    The rulebook answers this in "Move", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Move
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Commanding Figures
    • tkd117 · Community · 2025-05-03
    • countertorque · Community · 2023-08-09
    • frekol · Community · 2023-12-15
    • Nanosplic · Community · 2023-12-16
    • sageleader · Community · 2023-12-15disagrees

    Monsters move through their allies freely (they just can't end in an occupied hex). A monster you control treats your allies and enemies as its own for that ability, so it can't move through its usual monster allies unless it jumps or flies.

    Monster Abilities, Bosses and Spawning

    When I open a door and reveal monsters, when do they act, even if their type already took its turn this round?

    The rulebook answers this in "Revealing and Spawning Monsters", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Revealing and Spawning Monsters
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-09-05
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-06-26
    • Sadgit · Community · 2024-03-28
    • MrPyro · Community · 2023-11-26
    • thebaker1983 · Community · 2024-12-22
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-02-07
    • albcann · Community · 2023-05-14
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-06-17

    They act this round. The character who opened the door finishes their turn first. Revealed monsters whose initiative has already passed then act right after that figure, even if other monsters of the same type already acted; otherwise they act at their normal place. A newly revealed set draws an ability card if it doesn't have one, and counts as a fresh activation for consuming and infusing elements. The same goes for spawned monsters.

    Where does a monster spawn if its spawn hex is occupied, and what if we run out of standees?

    The rulebook answers this in "Revealing and Spawning Monsters", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Revealing and Spawning Monsters
    • QBert80 · Community · 2023-06-18
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-06-18
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2023-03-25
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-12-20
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-06-17
    • Althizor · Community · 2024-07-13
    • rmsgrey · Community · 2023-02-19

    In the closest empty hex instead, with the players breaking ties. If there aren't enough standees, place as many as you can, elites first and nearest to the characters first, and skip the rest. Running out of coloured bases doesn't change a monster's rank.

    Does a monster summoned by another monster or a boss act in the round it appears?

    The rulebook answers this in "Other Monster Abilities", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Other Monster Abilities
    • mirth81 · Community · 2024-05-03
    • Quarthinos · Community · 2024-05-03
    • DobbelB · Community · 2025-03-30

    No. Summoned monsters never take a turn in the round they are summoned, unlike revealed or spawned monsters. A monster summon is placed in an empty hex next to its summoner as close by range to an enemy as possible.

    Can monsters with a Loot ability (or the Greed is Good challenge) pick up treasure tiles or numbered tokens?

    The designer ruled on this directly on BGG in 2020, consistent with the rulebook's "Other Monster Abilities" section.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2020-11-07
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Other Monster Abilities
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2026-01-07
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2026-01-08
    • General_C · Community · 2025-04-30

    No. Monsters can only loot loot tokens, which they simply remove; they can never loot treasure tiles. Jaws of the Lion let monsters take treasure, but Frosthaven does not.

    Is a monster ability deck reshuffled when all monsters of that type die or a room is cleared?

    The rulebook answers this in "Monster Ability Cards", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Monster Ability Cards
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-05-04
    • Xaqery · Community · 2023-01-29
    • qbajaki · Community · 2023-01-29
    • a1bert · Community · 2026-04-10
    • Madmullet · Community · 2024-10-02

    No. Only a drawn card with the shuffle icon triggers a reshuffle, at the end of that round. If more of that type appear later in the same round, they use the card already drawn, or draw one if none was drawn.

    When does a Shield or Retaliate on a monster's ability card take effect, and does it stack with its innate shield?

    The rulebook answers this in "Other Monster Abilities", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Other Monster Abilities
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-08-18
    • Althizor · Community · 2024-08-18
    • baldeaglemeat · Community · 2024-02-29
    • Ganashal · Community · 2024-02-29
    • a1bert · Community · 2024-02-07
    • amusedleg · Community · 2024-04-05

    Only once that monster takes its turn, and it lasts until the end of the round; a newly revealed monster doesn't have it until it acts. Shield or Retaliate printed on the stat card is always on, and the two add together.

    Which figure does a monster heal?

    The rulebook answers this in "Other Monster Abilities", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Other Monster Abilities
    • SnitraM · Community · 2023-05-24
    • Nanosplic · Community · 2023-05-26
    • DobbelB · Community · 2023-09-12
    • CrashTestDummy · Community · 2026-08-07
    • General_C · Community · 2022-12-06
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04

    The monster in range, itself included, that has lost the most hit points; the players break ties, and conditions are ignored when choosing. A monster heal with several targets can include the healer unless it says 'allies'. The heal is still performed if nobody is damaged.

    Why don't monster stat cards list a range?

    The rulebook answers this in "Monster Attacks", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Monster Attacks
    • bartoszopka · Community · 2023-03-08
    • ftl_ftw · Community · 2023-03-08
    • Bodills · Community · 2023-04-14
    • Althizor · Community · 2023-05-18

    Monsters have no default range: an attack is ranged only if the ability card shows a range, and otherwise it is melee. Some cards give a range only to one rank, such as Ice Wraith cards where only the normal form attacks at range.

    Are named monsters normal, elite or bosses for card effects?

    The rulebook answers this in "Named Monsters", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Named Monsters
    • Sagiro · Community · 2022-11-29
    • oughgh · Community · 2022-11-29
    • KangaxxTheLich · Community · 2023-08-04
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-08-04

    None of those. Named monsters are their own category, so abilities that target normal or elite monsters can't affect them, while effects that only exclude bosses can. They act before the elites of their type.

    What does H mean in a named monster's or boss's hit point formula?

    The rulebook answers this in "Common Scenario Rules", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Common Scenario Rules
    • Steinman · Community · 2025-05-25
    • rmsgrey · Community · 2025-05-25
    • DobbelB · Community · 2023-01-03

    H is the maximum hit points of an elite monster of the relevant type at the current scenario level. For example, with two characters, an elite at 21 HP and a formula of C×H×3/2, the named monster has 63 hit points.

    When a formula gives fractional hit points or another value with no rounding direction, do I round up or down?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 7.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 7 General Scenario Questions · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-12-01
    • rmsgrey · Community · 2023-11-26
    • rmsgrey · Community · 2023-11-27
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • Lasserini · Community · 2023-11-26disagrees

    Up. If a calculation doesn't say which way to round, round up, so 7.5 hit points means it takes 8 damage to kill.

    If a boss stat card and the scenario book disagree, which is right?

    Only a single forum answer supports this; treat it as a best reading, not a ruling.

    • dwarf74 · Community · 2025-02-21
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2025-02-22

    The scenario book. Its boss rules are treated as the official version when they conflict with the card.

    Can a boss with hit point thresholds skip past a threshold in one big hit?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-09-16
    • woodnoggin · Community · 2025-03-23
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2025-03-23

    No. Effects tied to a threshold still happen, and you can't take the boss below the next threshold, or to 0, until the section the first one triggered has been fully resolved.

    If a monster is killed by retaliate or a trap partway through its turn, does it finish its other abilities?

    The rulebook answers this in "Monster Damage and Death", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Monster Damage and Death
    • thebaker1983 · Community · 2025-06-08
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2025-06-08
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2023-03-30

    No. A monster that dies while performing its abilities performs nothing else that turn, so a self-destructing machine killed by retaliate never explodes.

    If a monster's attack pushes or pulls me, does my retaliate trigger before or after the forced movement?

    The rulebook answers this in "Retaliate", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Retaliate
    • rmsgrey · Community · 2024-03-16
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-03-16
    • KangaxxTheLich · Community · 2023-09-09
    • Ganashal · Community · 2023-09-09

    After. The whole attack, including its push or pull, resolves first, and then retaliate applies only if the attacker is still within its range. A push or pull on a separate ability line comes after retaliate.

    Can monsters open doors?

    The rulebook answers this in "Doors", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Doors
    • albcann · Community · 2024-11-03
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-11-03

    No. Only characters open doors, unless a scenario says otherwise. Some maps mark such hexes as corridors instead, and monsters can pass through those.

    When a monster creates a tile or trap 'in the adjacent hex closest to an enemy' and several hexes tie, or no location is given, who chooses?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • dwarf74 · Community · 2025-01-26
    • QBert80 · Community · 2024-02-27
    • ftl_ftw · Community · 2024-01-29
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-01-29

    The players. Closeness is measured by range, not movement, and placing a tile isn't an attack, so focus rules don't apply.

    What counts as a monster type for effects and battle goals?

    The rulebook answers this in "Monster Stat Cards", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Monster Stat Cards
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-05-22
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-05-22
    • General_C · Community · 2023-05-23
    • Ganashal · Community · 2023-05-23

    Each monster stat card is one type, and every boss is its own type. A named enemy using a normal stat card belongs to that type, while numbered tokens and other figures without a stat card aren't monster types at all.

    If a monster's card lists several attacks, or says to make all its attacks against one enemy, does it hit the same target repeatedly?

    The rulebook answers this in "Monster Attacks", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Monster Attacks
    • Ryanelrichie · Community · 2023-06-14
    • DobbelB · Community · 2023-06-14

    Yes. A monster can perform all of its attack abilities on a single focus, so a card that sends every attack at one enemy means several separate attacks on that character.

    On a monster card with 'Attack -1' and 'consume Earth: +2 Attack', is the attack +1 or +2?

    Only a single forum answer supports this; treat it as a best reading, not a ruling.

    • Sadgit · Community · 2023-03-29

    +1. The bonus adds to the card's modifier rather than replacing it; a value only replaces the base when the card says 'instead'.

    Specific Monsters

    How do Ice Wraiths switch between elite and normal forms?

    The designer ruled on this directly on BGG in 2023, and the official FAQ agrees.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2023-04-27
    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 6 Monster Questions · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-04-23
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-04-24
    • DoctaWho · Community · 2023-02-14
    • Bodills · Community · 2023-04-14

    Each Ice Wraith switches on its own turn when its card says so, one at a time: elites act first and end as normals, then normals act and end as elites, and they stay switched until they die or switch again. A stunned Ice Wraith doesn't switch. Summons and focus ties use whichever ones are elite at that moment.

    Do named Ice Wraiths switch forms?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 6.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 6 Monster Questions · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-16
    • jkglife · Community · 2023-01-15disagrees

    Yes. The designer said the intent is that they switch (which is why both forms have the same hit points), even though named monsters aren't technically normal or elite; track them with white and yellow bases instead of a red one.

    How do the Burrowing Blades' Tunneling Slices (and the Bladespinner's Spinning Charge) choose focus and path?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 6.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 6 Monster Questions · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-10
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2023-02-23
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-07-31
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-07-07
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-06-03
    • Althizor · Community · 2023-01-10disagrees

    They use normal focus rules but look for the farthest valid enemy, measured by the longest jump distance to a legal attack hex, then by range, then initiative. The attack is a rider on the move, so no move means no attack (an already-adjacent Blade does nothing), and among equally good paths the players choose, even the one hitting fewest characters.

    Does Tunneling Slices attack a character several times, and does retaliate hit the Burrowing Blade?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-28
    • rmsgrey · Community · 2023-02-11
    • rmsgrey · Community · 2023-04-07
    • DobbelB · Community · 2025-11-30
    • Zom B · Community · 2023-04-06disagrees

    Each enemy adjacent to (or in) a hex the Blade entered is attacked once. The whole move happens first, then every attack, all from the Blade's final hex (still melee), so retaliate only applies to characters within range of where it ends.

    How does the Frozen Corpse's Thawed Strike fire consumption work?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 6.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 6 Monster Questions · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-06-28
    • Althizor · Community · 2023-06-28
    • DobbelB · Community · 2023-01-27
    • rmsgrey · Community · 2023-01-27

    If any Corpse performs any ability, the set consumes Fire, and each Corpse that actually performs its move (at least one hex) suffers 2 damage; one that doesn't move takes none. The card was written before the final element rules.

    How do Lightning Eels move and focus, and what if their water is removed?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 6.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 6 Monster Questions · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-05-01
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-01-15
    • CheddarLimbo · Community · 2023-01-26
    • sageleader · Community · 2023-12-26
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-03-22
    • KangaxxTheLich · Community · 2024-07-22

    Non-water hexes are obstacles to them, while water costs them no extra movement. They only focus on enemies they could attack from a reachable water hex, so with none they don't move; a Leaping Dive must still land in water, and they spawn in the nearest empty water hex. If their water tile is destroyed or moved, they shift to the closest water hex without damage, and they can't be pushed or pulled out of water.

    Can the Living Doom's Call for Souls summon zero Living Spirits?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 6.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 6 Monster Questions · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-06-11
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-06-11

    Yes. It divides its current hit points by 5, rounding down, so below 5 hit points it summons none.

    How does the Lurker Mindsnipper's Turn the Weak work?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 6.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 6 Monster Questions · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • DMountford · Community · 2022-11-30
    • General_C · Community · 2022-11-30

    It focuses, moves and attacks like any multi-target monster, muddling targets if it has innate muddle. Then each enemy it targeted is controlled to make an Attack 3 against an adjacent ally using focus rules and its own modifier deck; since it's a plain Attack 3 it is always melee, even for a ranged summon.

    How does the Lurker Soldier's Berserk Rage work?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 6.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 6 Monster Questions · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04

    It targets its normal number of enemies (it doesn't say 'all') but can reach enemies within 2 hexes; those are still melee attacks.

    How does the Lurker Clawcrusher's Crush Armor work?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • Solmyr1414 · Community · 2023-05-15
    • ftl_ftw · Community · 2023-05-15
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2023-05-15

    After its attack resolves, the target suffers extra damage equal to the shield value it had during that attack. This is a separate source of damage that comes after the attack, so the attack modifier drawn doesn't change it.

    How does the Ruined Machine's self-destruct work?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • General_C · Community · 2023-02-01
    • Ryanelrichie · Community · 2023-02-01
    • DobbelB · Community · 2024-02-03
    • thebaker1983 · Community · 2025-06-08

    Its first target takes both the attack and then the explosion damage dealt to everything adjacent. Monsters only position to maximize attack targets, so where it stands for the blast is up to the players as long as it still approaches its focus. If retaliate kills it during the attack, it never explodes.

    How do the Abael Herder's abilities that move or grant Piranha Pigs work?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • a1bert · Community · 2023-12-14
    • Yenreb · Community · 2023-12-14
    • a1bert · Community · 2025-02-04
    • slyde · Community · 2025-02-04

    Each Herder takes its own turn and affects only the pigs within range 3 of it then, so a given pig may act several times, once or not at all. A Herder moves as if it had a melee attack and grants from wherever it ends; with no focus it doesn't move, and it never moves just to set up a grant.

    How does the Ancient Artillery choose its focus?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • a1bert · Community · 2025-06-26
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2025-06-26
    • SevenSpirits · Community · 2024-01-26
    • a1bert · Community · 2024-01-26
    • Althizor · Community · 2025-06-26disagrees

    It can't move, so it focuses on the closest enemy it can attack right now, even an adjacent one at disadvantage, and with its Long Shot only on an enemy it can see within range 7. With multiple targets, the extra ones are picked to avoid disadvantage. Damage it deals around its target hits the characters' side.

    Do the Algox Snowspeaker's Snowstorm elements get infused when nobody is in range?

    Only a single forum answer supports this; treat it as a best reading, not a ruling.

    • Althizor · Community · 2023-03-29

    Yes. Its damage is suffer damage, not a targeted ability, so the ability is performed even with nobody in range and its elements are infused.

    Does the Sun Demon's Ray of Warmth heal every ally in range each time?

    Only a single forum answer supports this; treat it as a best reading, not a ruling.

    • jkglife · Community · 2024-12-30

    Yes. If Light is strong or waning, the set consumes it and every Sun Demon heals itself and all allies within range 3 on its turn.

    Does an Ooze that kills itself with its own split ability still drop loot?

    The designer ruled on this directly on BGG in 2023.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2023-02-05
    • Faqwa · Community · 2023-02-05

    Yes. It dies, so it drops its loot token like any other monster.

    Can a Flame Demon create its trap in its own hex?

    The rulebook answers this in "Manipulating Tiles", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Manipulating Tiles
    • Althizor · Community · 2023-05-09
    • QBert80 · Community · 2023-05-09

    No. Its own hex counts as adjacent for its own targeting, but traps can only go in empty hexes and an occupied hex isn't empty.

    Do Piranha Pigs treat water as difficult terrain?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2023-01-26
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-26

    Yes. They have no special water rule, so water is difficult terrain for them as for anyone else; only Lightning Eels have special water rules.

    Ending a Scenario, Loot and Rewards

    If we lose a scenario, what do we keep if we return to Frosthaven versus replaying immediately?

    The designer ruled on this directly on BGG in 2023, and the official FAQ agrees, consistent with the rulebook's "Lost Scenario" section.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2023-01-03
    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 7 General Scenario Questions · 2026-10-05
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Lost Scenario
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-03-27
    • Not_People · Community · 2022-12-09
    • DoctaWho · Community · 2023-02-09
    • albin747 · Community · 2023-02-21
    • HerrGott_NB · Community · 2023-01-01disagrees

    Either way you keep all experience and gold (including gold from loot cards), everything from treasure chests (even resources), and random items. Returning to Frosthaven also keeps the resources from your loot cards and those gained from items, and an Outpost Phase follows. Replaying straight away forfeits those resources, skips the Outpost Phase and draws no road event.

    What happens when the loot deck runs out?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 5.6, consistent with the rulebook's "Loot" section.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 5.6 Loot Deck Questions · 2026-10-05
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Loot
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2025-03-04
    • DobbelB · Community · 2025-03-04
    • a1bert · Community · 2024-04-09
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-12-02
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-05-10
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-12-18

    There's simply no more loot in that scenario: the deck is a cap on what can be gained, which matters because spawned and summoned monsters drop loot tokens too. Monsters keep dropping tokens and you can still pick them up (which still counts for battle goals), but they give no card, and treasures that would give loot cards give nothing.

    How are coins on loot cards turned into gold, and which money cards go into the loot deck?

    The rulebook answers this in "Loot Deck", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Loot Deck
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Scenario Level
    • DMountford · Community · 2022-12-08
    • Sagiro · Community · 2022-12-08
    • Ryanelrichie · Community · 2023-03-08
    • ftl_ftw · Community · 2023-02-06
    • DobbelB · Community · 2023-01-08
    • a1bert · Community · 2026-01-28

    Each coin is worth the gold conversion for the scenario level (2 per coin at levels 0 and 1, 3 at level 2, and so on), so a 3-coin card at level 2 gives 9 gold, whether you win or lose. When building the loot deck, shuffle all the money cards and draw the number the scenario lists at random, then do the same for each resource type, including any cards with + stickers.

    How many resources does a resource loot card give at different player counts?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 5.6, consistent with the rulebook's "Loot Deck" section.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 5.6 Loot Deck Questions · 2026-10-05
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Loot Deck
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2022-12-15
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2023-01-09
    • quartersmostly · Community · 2024-01-22
    • QBert80 · Community · 2023-01-03
    • QBert80 · Community · 2023-01-09disagrees

    The card gives a flat amount by player count, not a bonus: most give 2 at the lower player counts shown (some only at 2 players, some at 2 or 3) and 1 otherwise, and at 4 players they always give 1 unless a + sticker adds one.

    Which figures drop loot tokens when they die?

    The designer ruled on this directly on BGG in 2020, and the official FAQ agrees, consistent with the rulebook's "Monster Damage and Death" section.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2020-11-07
    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 5.6 Loot Deck Questions · 2026-10-05
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Monster Damage and Death
    • crashace · Community · 2023-12-22
    • QBert80 · Community · 2023-12-22
    • Goemon12677 · Community · 2023-02-01
    • williabr · Community · 2023-01-23
    • jeffwolfe · Community · 2023-09-23

    Every monster, including spawned and summoned ones; only scenario allies don't. Objectives, obstacles and other scenario objects never drop loot, even when they count as enemies, and neither do character summons. The token goes in the hex where the monster died.

    Does a scenario end the moment the goal is reached or it becomes lost?

    The rulebook answers this in "Ending a Scenario", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Ending a Scenario
    • albcann · Community · 2023-01-17
    • ftl_ftw · Community · 2023-01-17
    • Solmyr1414 · Community · 2023-09-19
    • Alysaur · Community · 2023-09-19
    • ERPriest · Community · 2023-01-17disagrees

    No. Once the end is triggered, play continues to the end of the current round, end-of-round effects included. If the scenario is both lost and completed in the same round, it is lost. Many escape scenarios list a character exhausting as a loss condition.

    Does an exhausted character lose their rewards if the party completes the scenario?

    The rulebook answers this in "Completed Scenario", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Completed Scenario
    • ftl_ftw · Community · 2023-03-28
    • loren_dambrosio · Community · 2023-03-28

    No. As long as the scenario is completed, an exhausted character keeps their experience, gold and loot, can achieve their battle goal and masteries, and gains the scenario rewards.

    When do characters get the scenario's bonus experience?

    The rulebook answers this in "Ending a Scenario", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Ending a Scenario
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Scenario Level
    • Not_People · Community · 2022-12-12
    • DobbelB · Community · 2022-12-13
    • PrivateAnariel · Community · 2022-12-06

    Only when the scenario is completed. Each character gets the full amount for the scenario level (4 at level 0, 6 at level 1, and so on), not a share of it.

    Can we replay a completed scenario to loot a treasure we missed, and what do we get?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 7, consistent with the rulebook's "Completed Scenario" section.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 7 General Scenario Questions · 2026-10-05
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Completed Scenario
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Casual Mode
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • DoctaWho · Community · 2023-01-03
    • Solmyr1414 · Community · 2023-01-03
    • thorbot · Community · 2025-02-04
    • ftl_ftw · Community · 2023-04-01
    • DobbelB · Community · 2023-09-24
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-04-10

    Yes, but in campaign mode, not casual mode (casual mode gives nothing at all). A replay works like the first time: experience, gold, loot, unlooted treasure chests and a random item not yet taken, then an Outpost Phase. You don't get its scenario rewards again, and its links are ignored.

    Can we concede a scenario that's going badly?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-11-10
    • Vladvonbounce · Community · 2023-11-10

    There's no concede rule, but nothing stops you declaring it lost and resolving it as a lost scenario, with the usual choice to replay or return to Frosthaven and no completion rewards.

    Can we replay a lost scenario with a different set of characters?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • ftl_ftw · Community · 2023-04-22
    • CheddarLimbo · Community · 2023-04-22

    Probably yes. Nothing forbids it, and setup has you rebuild hands and items anyway; the earlier road event isn't reapplied.

    How does escaping work: is it automatic at the end of the round?

    The rulebook answers this in "Common Scenario Rules", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Common Scenario Rules
    • Ganashal · Community · 2023-12-02
    • CheddarLimbo · Community · 2023-12-02

    No. If a character ends their own turn in an escape hex, they may choose to escape, removing them, their summons and their tokens from the map. If they stay, they can escape at the end of a later turn.

    Specific Scenarios: 0 to 50

    In Scenario 0, do the hounds add their stats to the special rule's Move 2, Attack 2, and do they draw attack modifiers?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • TemujinNC · Community · 2023-03-27
    • frekol · Community · 2023-03-27
    • TemujinNC · Community · 2023-03-27
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-03-28
    • DobbelB · Community · 2023-03-29
    • QBert80 · Community · 2023-02-06

    No and yes. The fixed Move 2 and Attack 2 replace the monster ability cards and ignore the base move and attack values, but the stat card still applies (hit points, retaliate, and elite stats for the elite, which acts first), and their attacks draw from the monster modifier deck as usual.

    Do we draw road events, personal quests and battle goals for Scenarios 0 and 1?

    The rulebook answers this in "Road Events", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Road Events
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Scenario 0 and 1
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-05-13
    • TemujinNC · Community · 2023-03-27
    • JimA759 · Community · 2023-03-27

    No road event is drawn before Scenario 0 or 1, and there's no Outpost Phase between them. Characters pick their personal quest when they're created, before Scenario 0, and battle goals are dealt at the start of every scenario, Scenario 0 included.

    Why do some card names and descriptions in Scenario 0's section 197.1 not match my cards?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 1.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 1 First Printing Production Errors and Typos · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • hypotenmoose · Community · 2023-01-19
    • widdek123 · Community · 2023-01-19

    Section 197.1 uses outdated names and descriptions for some starting-class cards. After Scenario 0, build your hand normally from your full available pool.

    In Scenario 1, how do the City Guards work if they never take turns?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 7.1.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 7.1 Specific Scenario Questions · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-17
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-16
    • MethaTM · Community · 2025-03-18
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-04-02
    • skizzy00 · Community · 2022-11-14
    • rmsgrey · Community · 2023-01-17

    They use their stat card at the scenario level, never move or attack on their own, and just defend with their shield and retaliate. Monsters can focus on and attack them, with initiative 50 used for focus, and their 'end of next turn' conditions such as Disarm and Immobilize expire at initiative 50. A character tied with them acts first.

    After Scenario 1, do we gain soldiers for surviving City Guards, as an app says?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • joepunman · Community · 2023-05-04
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2023-05-04
    • Abisteen · Community · 2023-05-04
    • QBert80 · Community · 2023-04-23
    • dbaker · Community · 2023-04-23

    No. Follow the scenario book, which only awards morale; the soldiers in the app are left over from an earlier version. Your soldiers come from the Barracks' one-time effect at the start.

    In Scenario 2, should the door move after the final section, and how does the allied priest act?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 7.1.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 7.1 Specific Scenario Questions · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2023-01-23
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2023-01-23
    • OddKnob · Community · 2023-02-17

    Leave the door where it is; the final section draws it in the wrong spot. The allied Algox Priest acts normally each round from its ability cards; the special rule only covers what it does once the enemies are dead.

    How should Scenario 4's special rules and two bosses be handled, and can we replay it for the other unlock?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 7.1.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 7.1 Specific Scenario Questions · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • DMountford · Community · 2023-01-24
    • Althizor · Community · 2023-03-12
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2023-02-07
    • DobbelB · Community · 2022-12-08
    • DobbelB · Community · 2024-12-05
    • Yknits · Community · 2023-01-07

    There are no Priests despite the special rules, the other monsters and audience mentioned are leftover flavour, and you use the boss miniatures, not their boxes. Each boss gets its own ability card and initiative, and both are your enemies whichever side you took. You can't replay it for the other class; that one is only delayed and can be unlocked later in other ways.

    How do the switches in Scenario 9 work?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 7.1.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 7.1 Specific Scenario Questions · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2023-02-05
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2023-02-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-11-03
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2023-06-07

    The switches are the wall hexes themselves. Attack one in melee from an adjacent hex or target that wall hex with a ranged attack; each only needs to be activated once. Damage that isn't an attack doesn't work.

    In Scenario 10, is the sled needed, and how do the ice pillar hit points and healing work?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 7.1.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 7.1 Specific Scenario Questions · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • joepunman · Community · 2023-05-09
    • demoss1 · Community · 2023-05-09
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-08-04
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-08-06

    Yes, the sled is required (the flowchart misses its icon), and Deathwalker shadows move to the new room with you. Pillar hit points follow normal order of operations (4 + (L×C)/2, so level 2 with four characters gives 8), and Algox Priests can heal them since they are allied objectives.

    In Scenario 11, does the boss's Special 2 affect invisible characters?

    The designer ruled on this directly on BGG in 2023, and the official FAQ agrees.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2023-02-04
    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 7.1 Specific Scenario Questions · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • bartoszopka · Community · 2023-05-28

    Yes. It places hazardous terrain near a character rather than targeting one, so invisibility doesn't help, and the players choose between equally close characters and hexes.

    In Scenario 13, when do monsters attack the scenario instead of a character?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 7.1.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 7.1 Specific Scenario Questions · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • rmsgrey · Community · 2022-12-12
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2022-12-12
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2023-04-03
    • tman121 · Community · 2025-03-10
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2025-12-09
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2023-01-23

    Monsters focus and move on characters as normal. Only when an attack ability has no character or summon it can actually hit do they attack the scenario instead, once per attack ability, with a normal modifier draw. Extra targets of multi-target attacks never go to it, and 'suffer damage' effects aren't attacks, so they never hit it.

    In Scenario 15, how does the Chaos Demon target characters on tile 15-D?

    The designer ruled on this directly on BGG in 2022, and the official FAQ agrees.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2022-11-26
    • Satire · Publisher · 2022-11-25
    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 7.1 Specific Scenario Questions · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • dfan · Community · 2023-02-21
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2023-06-27
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-04-11

    The Chaos Demon is the Chaos Lieutenant. Its special targeting applies to ranged abilities only: from 1-B or 6-B it can make ranged attacks into 15-D, but not the other way round, and other monsters don't get the rule. It prefers enemies on 1-B and 6-B over those on 15-D if no extra movement is needed, and with only melee it has no focus until someone climbs up.

    In Scenario 15, can characters teleport between the tiles?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • SevenSpirits · Community · 2023-07-04
    • rmsgrey · Community · 2023-06-11
    • DobbelB · Community · 2023-06-12
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2026-03-09
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2023-02-25
    • waitepb · Community · 2023-01-28

    Yes, until a character first enters one of the listed upper tiles; from then on nobody can teleport off 15-D or use the passage. Shadow movement isn't teleporting, but shadows can't cross the wall hexes either.

    In Scenario 16, does the height difference between the platform and the other tiles block movement or attacks?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2022-12-11
    • General_C · Community · 2022-12-13
    • General_C · Community · 2023-06-25
    • HitmanN · Community · 2023-04-20
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-05-10
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • BabuFrik · Community · 2023-04-20disagrees

    No. The floor level is only a timer. Figures can move and attack between the tiles at any height; the four wall hexes between them count for movement and range, but nothing can end its movement on them. New rubble in an 'a' hex replaces any overlay players put there.

    In Scenario 17, which door opens section 62.3, and do pressure plates work mid-move?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 7.1.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 7.1 Specific Scenario Questions · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • Althizor · Community · 2024-12-14
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-12-14

    Door 1, not Door 3 as section 25.3 says. Passing over a pressure plate during a move counts as occupying it, so a door can open briefly mid-move; it closes and locks as soon as the plate is unoccupied.

    Scenario 18 shows tile 11-A twice. Which tile is right?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 1.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 1 First Printing Production Errors and Typos · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • fizolof · Community · 2023-02-27
    • iron_n_wine · Community · 2023-02-27

    The right-hand tile 11 should be 11-C, in both the map layout and the map.

    In Scenario 21, does the main door open by itself, and do Deathwalker shadows move to the second room?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 7.1.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 7.1 Specific Scenario Questions · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • waitepb · Community · 2023-02-08
    • Vladvonbounce · Community · 2023-03-15
    • Steinman · Community · 2023-03-22

    The door only becomes unlocked, despite the narrative; a character still has to open it. The special rule should include character tokens, so shadows move along with the characters and summons.

    In Scenario 22, what are border hexes, and when do monsters attack the ship?

    The designer ruled on this directly on BGG in 2023, and the official FAQ agrees.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2023-02-02
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2023-02-02
    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 7.1 Specific Scenario Questions · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-01-28
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-01-28
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-02-19

    Border hexes are the half hexes around the edges of the map tiles, including between the two rooms, and water there (or water a Wavethrower creates) counts toward sinking. Monsters focus and move on characters normally; only when an attack ability has no target they can hit do they attack the closest empty hex or border hex, and only one hex, even with an area or multi-target attack.

    After Scenario 15, does choosing Scenario 23 or 24 lock out the other?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • DoctaWho · Community · 2023-02-06
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-11-07
    • slyde · Community · 2023-11-07
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-02-01disagrees

    No. They aren't mutually exclusive, and you can play both; the FAQ was updated to say so.

    What corrections apply to Scenario 24?

    The designer ruled on this directly on BGG in 2022, and the official FAQ agrees.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2022-12-25
    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 7.1 Specific Scenario Questions · 2026-10-05
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2022-12-25
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-03-24
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-08-02

    Character summons don't treat its special corridor hexes as negative. To keep the scenario from becoming unwinnable by bad luck, section 83.2 should trigger once every enemy on tile 8-A has died, and 74.2 once every enemy on tile 4-B has died.

    Are Scenario 28's spawn points and exits printed correctly?

    The designer ruled on this directly on BGG in 2023, and the official FAQ agrees.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2023-02-06
    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 7.1 Specific Scenario Questions · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-02-26
    • nancynm · Community · 2023-03-18
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04

    No, in the first printing both are reversed: Archers spawn at D and Guards at E, and the exit hexes are swapped to match. The second printing fixed the map.

    What is the real requirement for Scenario 33 (and others needing Into the Forest)?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • DoctaWho · Community · 2023-05-01
    • General_C · Community · 2024-03-29
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-03-05

    The Into the Forest campaign sticker. Scenario 32 is the usual way to earn it, but any source that grants the sticker satisfies the requirement.

    In Scenario 34, do the Chaos Beam corridors affect jumping or flying figures, and are the Chaos Sparks normal enemies?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 7.1.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 7.1 Specific Scenario Questions · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2023-02-22
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2023-08-15
    • Gopher of Pern · Community · 2023-02-19
    • CheddarLimbo · Community · 2023-04-25
    • DobbelB · Community · 2024-11-16

    Yes to both. Jumping and flying still enter every hex they pass, so each corridor hex entered applies its effect again. The sparks are ordinary enemy figures: they block movement, can be attacked, pushed and given conditions, and die normally (so kill triggers work).

    Are any scenario rewards or treasures misprinted?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 1.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 1 First Printing Production Errors and Typos · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-07-13

    Yes. Scenarios 36 and 37 should also reward the blueprint for item 067, Scenario 37's treasure chest should be #56, Scenario 60 should reward item 224, and Scenario 70's loot deck has only one random item, not two.

    What fixes apply to Scenarios 38, 39 and 40?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 7.1.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 7.1 Specific Scenario Questions · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • Gumjag · Community · 2023-02-28
    • phluxcapacitor · Community · 2023-02-28
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-01-20

    In Scenario 38 (section 23.1), three players spawn two normal hounds in total, one at each spot. In Scenario 39, a dead ally waits until a Frozen Corpse standee is free to replace it. Scenario 40's section 71.2 unlocks Blizzard Island, which is Scenario 48, not 47.

    Specific Scenarios: 51 to 99

    In Scenario 52, what happens with the bodies and the seventh Frost Demon?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • kleep · Community · 2023-06-12
    • Gabethebabe · Community · 2023-06-12
    • ddturnerphd · Community · 2026-05-15
    • DobbelB · Community · 2025-03-19
    • loren_dambrosio · Community · 2023-09-01
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-06-23

    Bodies left on the board still use their standees, so a seventh Frost Demon simply isn't placed when all six are in use, and you don't need to kill it to win. Bodies can stack in one hex, can't be pushed or pulled (they're neither enemies nor allies), and looting one moves it rather than carrying it. A monster captured with the Trainer's Net leaves no body at all.

    In Scenario 55, does the monsters' -1 damage from every source also apply to wound, traps and hazardous terrain?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • JoshuasJots · Community · 2026-08-12
    • rmsgrey · Community · 2024-03-28
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-03-28
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-05-28
    • Althizor · Community · 2024-05-13

    Yes. It covers every source separately: each attack (which also has disadvantage), each hazardous hex entered, traps, and wound, which therefore does nothing unless the monster is also brittle. Killing an Algox isn't a loss; it just counts as a kill.

    How do we track Crain in Scenario 62, and how do monsters treat him in Scenarios 62 and 63?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 7.1.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 7.1 Specific Scenario Questions · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-10-22
    • ddturnerphd · Community · 2025-08-26
    • ddturnerphd · Community · 2025-08-26
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-10-02

    Use a miniature or distinct token for Crain, because the 'a' tokens mark both his position and his goal hexes, and the damage tokens the scenario adds are only trackers on those locations, not damage to Crain. Monsters that can attack Crain this round focus on him and will enter as few negative hexes as needed to do so; otherwise they focus on characters and avoid hazards as usual.

    In Scenario 65, does the named Ice Wraith switch forms, and how does the anchor work?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 7.1.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 7.1 Specific Scenario Questions · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2023-03-17
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-03-17
    • MrPyro · Community · 2025-03-11
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2023-04-25

    Yes. It starts with elite stats and switches forms like other Ice Wraiths, so use a white or yellow base, but it's still a named monster. The anchor is an objective: initiative 99 for focus and immune to conditions and forced movement, and characters can heal it since it's their ally.

    Which section book maps show the wrong monster?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 1.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 1 First Printing Production Errors and Typos · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • amusedleg · Community · 2023-03-16

    Scenario 71's section 111.2 shows a Lurker Soldier that should be a Lurker Clawcrusher (and one Piranha Pig spawns at each F), Scenario 104's section 14.2 shows an Ice Wraith that should be a Frost Demon, and Scenario 113's section 154.1 shows a Black Imp that should be a Forest Imp.

    In Scenario 72, how does sliding the ice pillar work?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • dbaker · Community · 2023-09-08
    • Althizor · Community · 2023-09-08
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-01-13
    • SevenSpirits · Community · 2024-01-13
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-01-10
    • rmsgrey · Community · 2024-09-03

    Only characters can attack, push or pull the pillar; summons can't target or focus on it, and start-of-turn item effects never apply since objectives take no turns. An area attack can hit it only once per ability. 'C-1 even rounds' means it happens on even rounds until it has happened C-1 times, not every even round.

    In Scenario 73, do the hexes count as water for class abilities, and how do opened doors and the floating tiles work?

    The designer ruled on this directly on BGG in 2023, and the official FAQ agrees.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2023-02-14
    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 7.1 Specific Scenario Questions · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-08-23
    • LekiLess · Community · 2025-01-24
    • sageleader · Community · 2024-02-19

    Yes, they count as water for abilities and perks, such as the Coral's, and opened door hexes count as water too. Monsters and summons treat the overlay tiles as normal terrain and everything else as difficult terrain, and can't move the overlays. A character riding a two-hex tile picks up loot it enters, and traps ride along on its unoccupied hex.

    In Scenario 77, how does the three-hex Fish King work?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-05-03
    • Althizor · Community · 2024-04-17
    • Althizor · Community · 2023-12-21
    • Richter5 · Community · 2023-04-14
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2023-04-14

    It is one figure occupying all three hexes, so ranged attacks by or against it have disadvantage when adjacent to any of them, and obstacles can't be created there. It can't move, so ignore the move parts of its specials. A big hit can't skip a health threshold: damage stops at the next one and you read the section. Monsters can't find focus between the areas, so they don't follow you into the orb room.

    How do I fix Scenario 78's map layout?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 1.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 1 First Printing Production Errors and Typos · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-03-28
    • JamesyWamesy1 · Community · 2023-05-01
    • jesa · Community · 2024-03-28

    In the Map Layout image, swap tiles 13-D and 13-B (and flip 13-B in the map on the intro page) so it matches the section maps; don't move doors when opening new rooms.

    In Scenario 81, can the Aesther Ashblades teleport into other rooms?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 7.1.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 7.1 Specific Scenario Questions · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04

    Only if every door between their current room and the destination room has been opened.

    In Scenario 82, do the openings without corridor tiles block line of sight and movement between rooms?

    A publisher-affiliated account answered this directly on BGG in 2023.

    • Morthai · Publisher · 2023-04-22
    • waitepb · Community · 2023-04-22
    • Althizor · Community · 2024-04-16

    Yes. Without a corridor overlay those openings are walls, so the rooms are sealed off: nothing can target across, and monsters with no reachable enemy have no focus. Teleport isn't movement, so it can't be used to search, though the whole map stays revealed.

    In Scenario 82, what happens to figures when a corridor tile is relocated?

    A publisher-affiliated account answered this directly on BGG in 2023.

    • Morthai · Publisher · 2023-04-22
    • Morthai · Publisher · 2023-04-23
    • Morthai · Publisher · 2023-04-23
    • Morthai · Publisher · 2023-05-01
    • VaultBoy · Community · 2023-04-23
    • waitepb · Community · 2023-04-23disagrees

    A figure standing on the corridor tile when it's picked up must be placed in a legal empty hex, normally adjacent, since it can't stay in the wall hex left behind; this can act as a small free move. Figures in the hex the tile moves onto aren't affected and stay put.

    In Scenario 83, does the Giant Piranha Pig act with the boss deck or the Piranha Pig deck, and can it be captured?

    The designer ruled on this directly on BGG in 2023, and the official FAQ agrees.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2023-03-08
    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 7.1 Specific Scenario Questions · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-08-08
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-08-09
    • rmsgrey · Community · 2023-06-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2026-09-01
    • Ryanelrichie · Community · 2023-03-08disagrees

    It acts as a normal Piranha Pig with the Piranha Pig ability deck. The boss deck only decides how the water rises and whether more pigs spawn, so a non-special boss card does nothing. It can be captured as a normal Piranha Pig pet, which still counts as defeating it. The scenario's own water tiles can only be moved by the scenario's rules.

    In Scenario 84, how much damage can the Elder Ooze take from one source?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 7.1.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 7.1 Specific Scenario Questions · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04

    No more than a normal ooze's hit points from any single source; anything beyond that is lost.

    Does Scenario 90 need a boat, and how do the unconnected ice floes work?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 7.1.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 7.1 Specific Scenario Questions · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-05-27
    • a1bert · Community · 2025-12-09
    • ddturnerphd · Community · 2025-12-09
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-04-18

    It doesn't require a boat (and uses road events, not boat events). Until a corridor joins them, the islands are separate rooms whose edges are walls, so ranged attacks can't reach across and monsters there can't find a focus, though stat-card shields and retaliates stay active.

    In Scenario 96, how do the stairs and the floating platform work?

    A publisher-affiliated account answered this directly on BGG in 2023, and the official FAQ agrees.

    • Satire · Publisher · 2023-04-15
    • Satire · Publisher · 2023-11-26
    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 7.1 Specific Scenario Questions · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • nickwedig · Community · 2025-10-17
    • DMountford · Community · 2023-04-15

    The stairs are decoration: the platform follows normal corridor rules, so figures can step on or off anywhere. Enemies revealed when it opens doors at the end of the round don't act that round. If the platform kills a monster by moving into it, the loot token goes on the platform in that hex.

    In Scenario 99, do monsters on the ground floor climb toward the catwalks, and which tile is the stairs on?

    A publisher-affiliated account answered this directly on BGG in 2023.

    • Satire · Publisher · 2023-03-02
    • Satire · Publisher · 2023-03-02
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2023-07-22

    Yes. Only monsters already on a tile 1 are barred from leaving it; ground-floor monsters focus and move normally and gain the restriction once they reach a tile 1. A figure on the stairs is on neither tile, like a door, so restricted monsters won't step onto them.

    Specific Scenarios: 100 to 138

    In Scenario 100, with its reduced starting hand, how does the Prism set up its initial mode?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • Gopher of Pern · Community · 2025-08-31
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2025-08-31
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-03-26
    • dirkjan82 · Community · 2024-03-26

    The Prism still plays its initial mode card before the scenario begins, since it can't start a scenario without a mode, so it starts with one mode in play and two cards in hand.

    In Scenario 101, what are the 'goal treasure tiles', and can monsters interact with Zu?

    The designer ruled on this directly on BGG in 2023, and the official FAQ agrees.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2023-06-04
    • Satire · Publisher · 2023-12-30
    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 7.1 Specific Scenario Questions · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-12-29
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • grouik · Community · 2023-07-19

    The goal treasure tiles were replaced by the numbered tokens because of component limits. Zu can't be interacted with: monsters never focus on or attack it, and it counts as their enemy only so they can't move through it, while characters can.

    In Scenario 101, are the swarm poison traps removed when sprung, and where can swarms move?

    A publisher-affiliated account answered this directly on BGG in 2023.

    • Satire · Publisher · 2023-04-02
    • Mtauman · Community · 2023-04-02
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2025-12-04
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-09-22

    They aren't removed or destroyable; they keep poisoning every figure that enters them until Zu consumes them. Swarms only move through featureless hexes, so difficult terrain, rubble and other overlays stop them, and they don't combine with the Trap class's traps.

    In Scenario 103, where do monsters that spawn 'at each character's location' go?

    A publisher-affiliated account answered this directly on BGG in 2025.

    • Satire · Publisher · 2025-06-08
    • rmsgrey · Community · 2025-06-09

    In an empty hex next to each character; as with any spawn, if that hex isn't empty, use the nearest empty hex.

    What corrections apply to Scenario 104?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 7.1.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 7.1 Specific Scenario Questions · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2023-07-02
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-07-02
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2023-07-11
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2023-03-19disagrees

    In the special rules' second-to-last line, 'Ice Wraith' should be 'Savvas Icestorm', and the special rules should add that each element can be consumed only once per turn, even though elements there are always strong.

    In Scenario 107, how are monsters placed in occupied hexes, and how do the episodes work?

    The designer ruled on this directly on BGG in 2023, and the official FAQ agrees.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2023-03-25
    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 7.1 Specific Scenario Questions · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-08-09
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2023-05-28
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-05-28

    Treat the new monsters as spawns, placing each in the nearest empty hex. Ending after an episode gives the benefits of a success but doesn't mark the scenario completed, so a later attempt starts again from episode one and can still earn the rewards.

    In Scenario 108, where featureless hexes count as icy terrain, can we still summon, and what if we place a tile?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • jkglife · Community · 2023-06-16
    • slyde · Community · 2023-06-16
    • General_C · Community · 2024-04-05
    • dfan · Community · 2024-02-25

    Yes, summons can be placed there: those hexes still have no overlay, so they're featureless and empty when unoccupied. Once any tile is placed in such a hex, it stops being featureless and so stops being icy. A movement penalty applies before the scenario's move cap.

    What fixes apply to Scenarios 109 and 110?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 7.1.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 7.1 Specific Scenario Questions · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • General_C · Community · 2022-12-28
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2023-05-03

    Scenario 109's special rule should say initiative 52, not 54. In Scenario 110 the water hexes are difficult terrain, not corridors, and the electrification pattern stays as it was at the start even if water is moved or covered.

    Which door positions are correct in Scenarios 111 and 125?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 7.1.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 7.1 Specific Scenario Questions · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-04-07
    • Cadsuane · Community · 2023-04-06

    In Scenario 111 use the door positions from section 182.2, and section 138.2 should link to 147.2. In Scenario 125, Door 2 is drawn differently in sections 158.4 and 108; leave it where it is after it opens.

    Scenario 117 needs five Polar Bears and Scenario 118 says to place letter tokens upside down. What do we do?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 7.1.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 7.1 Specific Scenario Questions · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • jkglife · Community · 2024-09-27
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-11-22

    Proxy the fifth Polar Bear with another standee or miniature. In Scenario 118, letter tokens have no upside down; ignore that instruction, since the letter doesn't matter.

    How does the Geminate handle Scenario 120's set-aside hand?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 7.1.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 7.1 Specific Scenario Questions · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-11-19
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-05-13disagrees

    Split the hand into two piles by form. When you lose a card to negate damage, you may lose any card of your choice from the set-aside hand.

    In Scenario 134, do jumps and ranged attacks between the balconies need the range counted?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 7.1.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 7.1 Specific Scenario Questions · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • DobbelB · Community · 2023-08-17
    • Althizor · Community · 2023-08-18

    Yes. Count the distance across as normal; spare corridor tiles help measure. The barrels and crates are objectives, so you can't walk into them to destroy them; only forced movement into their hex does that.

    How is Scenario 137 unlocked?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • General_C · Community · 2024-08-30
    • Steve496 · Community · 2024-08-30
    • woodnoggin · Community · 2024-08-16

    Through the Tavern (building 74): build it to its top level, collect all four Ancient Coins, and solve the coin puzzle in the section book, which unlocks the scenario.

    Campaign, Calendar and Stickers

    How does the campaign calendar work, and how do I count 'in X weeks'?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 4, consistent with the rulebook's "1. Passage of Time" section.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 4 Outpost General Questions · 2026-10-05
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · 1. Passage of Time
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-04-16
    • danom · Community · 2023-04-16
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-20
    • a1bert · Community · 2024-12-23
    • Madmullet · Community · 2025-07-21

    Three rules cover it. When told to add a section X weeks ahead, count from the last marked box ('in 1 week' is the next unmarked box), even during a scenario conclusion, before time passes; a week can hold several sections. When you mark a box during Passage of Time, read its sections. Event decks use the season of the next unmarked box.

    How many calendar weeks pass when we play several linked scenarios in a row?

    The rulebook answers this in "1. Passage of Time", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · 1. Passage of Time
    • skizzy00 · Community · 2023-01-29
    • Claudious Dark · Community · 2023-06-21

    One. You mark a box when the party returns to Frosthaven for an Outpost Phase, however many linked scenarios you played on the way.

    If a calendar section or Outpost Phase section unlocks a scenario we must play next, do we skip the rest of the Outpost Phase?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • General_C · Community · 2024-09-28
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-09-29
    • rmsgrey · Community · 2023-06-13

    No. Finish the Outpost Phase as normal, then play that scenario as your next one; 'next' doesn't mean 'immediately'.

    After a scenario that takes place in Frosthaven itself, does a week pass and do we do an Outpost Phase?

    The rulebook answers this in "Road Events", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Road Events
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Outpost Phase
    • CheddarLimbo · Community · 2023-03-25
    • QBert80 · Community · 2023-03-25

    Yes. You skip the road event before such scenarios, but afterwards you do the full Outpost Phase, passage of time included.

    What happens when the calendar reaches a festival sticker like the Harvest Festival?

    A publisher-affiliated account answered this directly on BGG in 2024.

    • Morthai · Publisher · 2024-12-28
    • ddturnerphd · Community · 2024-12-28
    • QBert80 · Community · 2023-12-30

    Read the section the sticker notes when you mark that week; the Harvest Festival points to section 57.3 whichever season added it. Place such a sticker so its first box sits on the week the event was triggered.

    The flowchart and scenario book disagree about a scenario's requirements or links. Which is right?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 1, consistent with the rulebook's "Scenario Flowchart" section.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 1 First Printing Production Errors and Typos · 2026-10-05
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Scenario Flowchart
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-07-10
    • meziemer · Community · 2025-08-29
    • DobbelB · Community · 2023-06-10
    • rmsgrey · Community · 2023-02-27

    The scenario book, always. Known first-printing flowchart slips include a missing sled icon on Scenario 10, missing boat icons on 22, 42, 49, 50, 53, 54 and 60, a missing climbing gear icon on 132, and Scenarios 25 and 26 being mutually exclusive.

    Do we unlock every scenario the flowchart shows as connected, or only when told to?

    The rulebook answers this in "Scenario Flowchart", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Scenario Flowchart
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-10-23
    • General_C · Community · 2023-10-22
    • ftl_ftw · Community · 2023-02-20
    • poisonivy · Community · 2023-01-07
    • woodnoggin · Community · 2024-11-24
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-02-29

    Only when a scenario conclusion, section or event tells you to. The flowchart just shows paths; some unlocks are delayed through calendar sections (the calendar symbol) or depend on choices. Open a flowchart window and place the sticker when its scenario is unlocked.

    If a scenario links to two others, can we play both in a row without going back to Frosthaven?

    The rulebook answers this in "Completed Scenario", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Completed Scenario
    • rmsgrey · Community · 2026-03-20
    • CheddarLimbo · Community · 2023-04-04
    • Ganashal · Community · 2023-04-04
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2023-07-23
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-07-23

    No. Links only count from the scenario you just completed: after completing it you may follow a link (and must follow a forced link), but after that one you return to Frosthaven unless it links onward itself. Replaying an already-completed scenario ignores its links.

    If we fail a scenario we reached through a forced link, must we retry it immediately?

    The rulebook answers this in "Lost Scenario", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Lost Scenario
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-04-15
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-04-15
    • Gopher of Pern · Community · 2023-02-14
    • Althizor · Community · 2023-04-19
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-14

    No. A loss always gives the usual choice: replay right away or return to Frosthaven for an Outpost Phase. Links only apply on completion, so you can come back to the scenario later (with a road event).

    Between linked scenarios, can we change items, ability cards, pets or challenges?

    The rulebook answers this in "Beginning a Scenario", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Beginning a Scenario
    • JimA759 · Community · 2025-02-22
    • Throknor · Community · 2025-02-22
    • Sadgit · Community · 2023-05-05
    • Lasserini · Community · 2023-05-05
    • muddgirl · Community · 2024-09-21

    Yes. Those choices are part of beginning every scenario, so you can rebuild your hand and loadout and pick new pets and challenges, and all items refresh. What you can't do is anything from the Outpost Phase, such as leveling, shopping, crafting, enhancing or retiring.

    How do mutually exclusive scenarios work?

    The rulebook answers this in "Scenario Flowchart", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Scenario Flowchart
    • Not_People · Community · 2022-12-07
    • Deformograph · Community · 2022-12-07
    • rmsgrey · Community · 2024-04-14
    • ftl_ftw · Community · 2023-08-28
    • QBert80 · Community · 2023-09-08

    Scenarios marked with the lockout symbol are alternative paths: completing one (or a choice the story gives you) locks out the other, and you put a lockout sticker on its flowchart window. Only completion locks a path out, not an attempt, and other scenarios unlocked alongside them stay available.

    Is the puzzle book required to finish the Frosthaven campaign?

    A publisher-affiliated account answered this directly on BGG in 2023.

    • Themris · Publisher · 2023-03-24
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-03-24
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-08-21
    • rmsgrey · Community · 2025-12-17
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-07-24
    • Gildesa · Community · 2024-04-18

    Yes. Some of the main storyline and the campaign's ending are reached through the puzzle book, though there's no time pressure to solve it, and you can work on it even while locked into linked scenarios.

    Which stickers are the Coral Shard and Brummix campaign stickers?

    The designer ruled on this directly on BGG in 2022, and the official FAQ agrees.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2022-11-20
    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2022-11-21
    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 2 Component and First Time Setup Questions · 2026-10-05
    • baldeaglemeat · Community · 2024-08-26
    • DobbelB · Community · 2023-01-07
    • Mr_Perfect · Community · 2023-01-10

    They have slightly different names on the sticker sheet. Coral Shard means the six pieces of the Coral Crown (take them in any order and place them in the campaign sticker area), and Brummix means the Brummix Tracks stickers.

    Should the rule stickers be put in the rulebook right away?

    The rulebook answers this in "Unlocking New Buildings", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Unlocking New Buildings
    • CheddarLimbo · Community · 2023-01-25
    • ftl_ftw · Community · 2023-01-25
    • a1bert · Community · 2024-01-24

    No. Rule stickers represent rules unlocked during the campaign; apply each one only when an opened envelope tells you to. Some first-printing envelopes list the wrong sticker numbers (see the errata).

    Can we spend anything to raise morale, and what happens at 0 or 20?

    The rulebook answers this in "Campaign Sheet", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Campaign Sheet
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-08-08
    • QBert80 · Community · 2023-08-08
    • BonusJonas · Community · 2023-07-02
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-07-02

    No, morale only changes through outcomes such as events, scenario rewards and building effects, though losing 1 can pay for a repair and 2 for an extra build. It can't go below 0 or above 20, and reaching either end tells you to read the section printed on the track.

    Can we look at a newly unlocked class's higher-level cards, and what about a class we didn't choose?

    The rulebook answers this in "Unlocking New Classes", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Unlocking New Classes
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2023-03-30
    • jkglife · Community · 2023-03-30
    • Yenreb · Community · 2023-03-30
    • CrashTestDummy · Community · 2026-04-16
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2023-03-10
    • fizolof · Community · 2023-03-10

    Yes: once a class is unlocked you may open both its tuck boxes and look at everything. When the story makes you choose between two locked classes, you choose without opening them, and the one you passed on can still be unlocked another way later.

    What do the coloured banners on scenarios and the flowchart mean?

    The designer ruled on this directly on BGG in 2022.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2022-12-19
    • DobbelB · Community · 2023-10-28

    They mark campaign achievements. A scenario showing a banner earns it when completed (Scenario 14 has no prerequisite; its banner shows what it unlocks), while a scenario that requires a banner needs it from another scenario first, such as Scenario 33 needing Scenario 32's.

    Can we play the Outpost Phase at the start of the next session instead of right after the scenario?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • jeffwolfe · Community · 2023-04-19
    • CheddarLimbo · Community · 2023-04-18
    • ftl_ftw · Community · 2023-04-18

    Yes. It just has to come after the scenario, with the same characters who played it taking part.

    How are random side scenarios unlocked?

    The rulebook answers this in "Treasures", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Treasures
    • albcann · Community · 2023-01-27
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-06-04
    • willadams33 · Community · 2023-06-04
    • nancynm · Community · 2023-02-22
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-04-07

    When an effect (usually a treasure) gives you a random scenario, take a card from the shuffled random scenario deck, read the section it names to unlock that side scenario, and remove the card from the game. If the deck is empty, gain 1 inspiration instead.

    Do we have to play a newly unlocked scenario right away, or follow one storyline?

    The rulebook answers this in "Completed Scenario", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Completed Scenario
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2025-10-20
    • andrewbwm · Community · 2025-10-16
    • woodnoggin · Community · 2025-02-13
    • Heegu · Community · 2025-04-09

    No. You can play any unlocked scenario whose requirements you meet, in any order, switching storylines whenever you like. Only a forced link, or a rule that says to play one immediately, decides your next scenario.

    Personal Quests and Retirement

    My personal quest unlocks a scenario and says to 'follow it to its conclusion'. When do I retire?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 3.2.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 3.2 Personal Quests · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-07-01
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-06-04
    • General_C · Community · 2023-01-04
    • Shizuku · Community · 2024-03-11
    • salsadma · Community · 2023-06-04disagrees

    Not after that first scenario. These quests usually run through several scenarios and calendar entries; keep going until a gold Scenario Rewards box explicitly says the quest is complete, then retire at the next Downtime.

    Does the character with the personal quest have to play every scenario in the quest's chain?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 3.2.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 3.2 Personal Quests · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-02-25
    • joepunman · Community · 2025-05-01
    • gpoirier · Community · 2025-05-01
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2023-02-24disagrees

    Yes. The quest's owner must be in the party for each of the quest scenarios for them to count, though they needn't play unrelated scenarios in between. The rest of the party plays those scenarios normally.

    Does progress toward a personal quest count in a scenario we lost?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 3.2.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 3.2 Personal Quests · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2023-03-23
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-03-23
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-04-12
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-04-21

    It depends on what the quest tracks. Collected loot and resources only count if you keep them, meaning you won or chose to return to Frosthaven after the loss. Things that don't depend on winning, such as kills, still count in a lost scenario.

    If I meet my personal quest but then no longer qualify during the Outpost Phase (for example I spend the gold), do I still retire?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 3.2.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 3.2 Personal Quests · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2023-04-15
    • Ganashal · Community · 2023-04-15
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-09-01

    No. You must still meet the requirement at the moment you would retire; if you don't, you keep playing.

    What happens to scenarios a personal quest unlocked if I abandon that character?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 3.2.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 3.2 Personal Quests · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04

    They become incomplete and locked again, so the next character with that quest has to play them again. Chests already opened and random items already looted stay looted.

    When exactly does a character retire, and what if the quest is completed during Construction?

    The rulebook answers this in "Retire a Character", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Retire a Character
    • kleep · Community · 2023-06-26
    • rmsgrey · Community · 2023-06-26
    • ftl_ftw · Community · 2024-02-28
    • ftl_ftw · Community · 2023-05-03
    • ftl_ftw · Community · 2023-08-27
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-04-01

    Retirement happens only during Downtime. If the quest is fulfilled then, the character must retire in that same Downtime (after doing any other Downtime activities they like). If it is only fulfilled later, for example by a build in the Construction step, they play another scenario and retire at the next Outpost Phase's Downtime.

    What happens to a retiring character's gold, items and resources?

    The rulebook answers this in "After Retirement", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · After Retirement
    • kleep · Community · 2023-05-31
    • brianjudd · Community · 2023-05-31
    • albcann · Community · 2023-04-11
    • woodnoggin · Community · 2025-03-28
    • DobbelB · Community · 2025-11-28
    • jkglife · Community · 2024-03-03
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-06-04

    Their gold is lost (it can't be given to the town or used for building, which comes later), their items return to the available supply, and their resources go to the Frosthaven supply. So sell items, craft, distill potions or enhance before retiring in the same Downtime.

    Can several characters retire first so the new characters benefit from the raised prosperity?

    The rulebook answers this in "4. Downtime", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · 4. Downtime
    • QBert80 · Community · 2023-09-01
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-09-01

    Yes. Downtime activities can be done in any order, so all retirements can happen before anyone creates a new character.

    What do we get when a retiring character spends 15 inspiration to complete an extra personal quest?

    The rulebook answers this in "Retire a Character", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Retire a Character
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-03-25
    • nancynm · Community · 2023-03-25
    • bartoszopka · Community · 2023-02-22
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-02-23
    • DoctaWho · Community · 2023-02-08
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-11-27
    • albin747 · Community · 2023-02-22disagrees

    Its normal completion rewards: 2 more prosperity and its building envelope. But you skip its requirements, so you don't get things that are part of them, such as scenarios it would unlock or a blueprint it hands out, and it doesn't count as an extra retirement for future perk marks.

    What happens if the personal quest deck runs out?

    A publisher-affiliated account answered this directly on BGG in 2026, consistent with the rulebook's "Initial Benefits" section.

    • Satire · Publisher · 2023-07-08
    • Satire · Publisher · 2026-09-14
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Initial Benefits
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-07-09

    New characters simply get no personal quest and so can never retire, though they can be set aside or abandoned. Retirement for existing characters works as normal. A publisher representative said there's no harm in handing out the solo-play quest instead (it unlocks nothing), and the later ConQuests content adds four more quests.

    What if the envelope my personal quest unlocks has already been opened?

    The rulebook answers this in "Retire a Character", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Retire a Character
    • Solmyr1414 · Community · 2023-09-08
    • rmsgrey · Community · 2023-09-08
    • Altropos · Community · 2023-02-06

    Open the alternate envelope listed on the quest instead. If both are already open, the party gets a random scenario and a random item blueprint (or 1 inspiration for each deck that is empty).

    Can I switch to a new character before my personal quest is done, or create one before retiring?

    The rulebook answers this in "Create a Character", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Create a Character
    • a1bert · Community · 2024-02-15
    • DobbelB · Community · 2024-02-15
    • a1bert · Community · 2025-01-20
    • ftl_ftw · Community · 2023-09-07
    • ftl_ftw · Community · 2023-03-24
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2023-03-24disagrees

    Yes. You can create a new character in any Downtime and set the old one aside (keeping everything) or abandon it (its quest goes back in the deck). Neither counts as retiring, so you don't earn the retirement perk mark. Every new character must take one of two drawn personal quests while any remain.

    When one player runs several characters, how many retirement perk marks does a new character get?

    The rulebook answers this in "After Retirement", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · After Retirement
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2023-07-28
    • Anemone1777 · Community · 2023-07-28
    • MattWoolley · Community · 2023-01-26
    • Ryanelrichie · Community · 2023-01-26

    Count each character slot's lineage separately, as if different players ran them, so a new character only counts retirements in the slot it replaces.

    For the personal quest about scenarios that require Workshop upgrades, which scenarios count?

    The designer ruled on this directly on BGG in 2022, and the official FAQ agrees.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2022-12-27
    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 3.2 Personal Quests · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • CheddarLimbo · Community · 2023-01-02

    Only scenarios whose scenario page lists the sled, boat or climbing gear as a requirement. A scenario that merely mentions the gear because of a linked scenario before it (like Scenario 19) doesn't count; check the gear icons in the top banner.

    What counts toward personal quest 05, Build, not Destroy?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2023-06-02
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-06-02
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2023-02-27
    • CheddarLimbo · Community · 2023-03-06
    • rmsgrey · Community · 2023-12-15
    • DobbelB · Community · 2023-02-10
    • countertorque · Community · 2025-05-09

    Every new building and every upgrade made after the quest is drawn, including each wall section and each Workshop travel tool. Laying a level 0 foundation doesn't count, and neither do the four starting buildings.

    How does personal quest 06, Team Building, count names?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 3.2.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 3.2 Personal Quests · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-05-06
    • ftl_ftw · Community · 2023-05-06
    • General_C · Community · 2022-12-07
    • jkglife · Community · 2023-03-06
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-09-15

    You need eight Outpost Phases in which at least one person's name is read from the section book, whether from an event, a calendar section or a building, and it doesn't have to be you reading. Only one counts per Outpost Phase, the same name can count again later, and titles or races (the Mayor, Savvas) aren't names.

    For the personal quest that needs experience from ability cards, which experience counts?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • trimeta · Community · 2023-04-04
    • JimA759 · Community · 2023-03-23
    • Pegs001 · Community · 2023-03-23
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-04-01
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-06-15

    Only experience gained from abilities on your ability cards during scenarios, whether or not the action is a loss. Scenario completion bonus experience and experience from rewards don't count, so track it separately on your character sheet.

    For personal quest 01, The Study of Plants, must I hold five different herbs at once?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-02-18
    • Malakizedek · Community · 2023-02-19
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • rmsgrey · Community · 2023-07-04

    No. You need to have personally looted five different herb types from loot tokens (perks and events don't count). Each herb must be kept through the end of its scenario, but you can spend it afterwards.

    For personal quest 02, Searching for the Oak, how do we get the 'Into the Forest' banner Scenario 69 needs?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 3.2.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 3.2 Personal Quests · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • Madmullet · Community · 2024-12-12

    It is a campaign banner earned by completing a particular scenario, specifically Scenario 32. Lumber from events doesn't count toward the quest's looting requirement.

    For personal quest 07, Aesther Outpost, do I retire after Scenario 65, and can I play it before Scenario 1?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 3.2.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 3.2 Personal Quests · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04

    No to both. Scenario 65 is the first of a chain of four, with calendar delays between them, so do it early. Scenario 1 must be completed before you can play 65.

    For personal quest 11, which item ingredients count?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 3.2.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 3.2 Personal Quests · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • ftl_ftw · Community · 2023-02-17
    • General_C · Community · 2023-02-17
    • DoctaWho · Community · 2023-02-17disagrees

    Only the items listed as ingredients of items you currently own, all owned at the same time; resources don't count, and you don't go further down the tree to those ingredients' own ingredients.

    How does personal quest 19 work with the Abyss Axe?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 3.2.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 3.2 Personal Quests · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-03-04
    • JoannaPlay · Community · 2023-03-04
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-03-30

    When you take the quest, the Abyss Axe's blueprint goes into the craftable supply (not the item into your pool), whatever the Craftsman's level. A kill only counts if the axe's activated ability is used on the attack that makes it.

    What happens with Building 81 when personal quest 23 is completed?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 3.2.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 3.2 Personal Quests · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • JoannaPlay · Community · 2024-06-30
    • DobbelB · Community · 2024-06-30

    When the quest is completed and Envelope A is opened, Building 81 goes straight to level 2 for free. For the quest itself, every time you see an ally exhaust counts, even the same ally again.

    For the capture personal quest, must the captures be unique, and who has to make them?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • DobbelB · Community · 2024-09-07
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-09-07
    • DoctaWho · Community · 2023-02-10
    • loren_dambrosio · Community · 2023-06-17
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-05-04

    The captures needn't be unique: catching the same type again counts, even when the Stables are full. Your character has to make the captures, so they need the capturing item themselves.

    For personal quest 18, which scenarios count as side scenarios?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • ddturnerphd · Community · 2024-01-07
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-01-07

    Every scenario numbered 65 or higher, including job postings and other non-random ones.

    Road and Outpost Events

    Which season's road or outpost event deck do I draw from?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 3.3, consistent with the rulebook's "Road Events" section.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 3.3 Events and Traits · 2026-10-05
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Road Events
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04

    The season of the next unmarked box on the campaign calendar, for road events and outpost events alike.

    Do we really only see 9 outpost events in the first summer?

    The designer ruled on this directly on BGG in 2023, and the official FAQ agrees.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2023-01-10
    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 4 Outpost General Questions · 2026-10-05

    Yes. The first calendar box is marked when you return from Scenario 1, so year one has 9 summer outpost events, and there are also only 9 summer road events because no road event is drawn before Scenario 1.

    Which event cards are in the road and outpost decks at the start of the campaign?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 2.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 2 Component and First Time Setup Questions · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-06-22
    • Horatio Humblestumps · Community · 2023-06-22
    • poisonivy · Community · 2022-11-12
    • Kampfwichtel · Community · 2023-03-06
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-05-21

    Cards 1 to 20 of each of the four event decks (summer road, winter road, summer outpost, winter outpost), each shuffled separately, as the Welcome to Frosthaven setup sheet explains. The rest are added during the campaign.

    When are the road and outpost event decks shuffled?

    A publisher-affiliated account answered this directly on BGG in 2022, consistent with the rulebook's "Road Events" section.

    • Satire · Publisher · 2022-12-28
    • Satire · Publisher · 2022-11-23
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Road Events
    • joetweber · Community · 2022-12-28
    • BonusJonas · Community · 2023-07-02
    • loren_dambrosio · Community · 2025-01-12
    • thebaker1983 · Community · 2025-02-14

    At setup, and whenever a card is added to a deck or a specific card is searched out and removed. Resolving the card you drew and removing it doesn't trigger a shuffle, and you never shuffle before a draw; a card with the return icon simply goes to the bottom. When you do shuffle, cards previously placed on the bottom are mixed in too.

    What happens to an event card after it is resolved?

    The rulebook answers this in "Road Events", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Road Events
    • BonusJonas · Community · 2023-07-02
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-07-02
    • barbarzynca · Community · 2023-02-03
    • GDJT · Community · 2023-02-05
    • jkglife · Community · 2023-02-03

    It is removed from the game unless the outcome you resolved shows the return icon, in which case it goes to the bottom of its deck.

    When a scenario conclusion says to remove all events with a certain symbol, which decks do I remove them from?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 3.3.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 3.3 Events and Traits · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04

    From both the available and the unavailable event decks; those cards leave the game entirely. This applies to conclusions such as Scenarios 29, 30, 55, 58, 59 and 60.

    Should we read the event outcome we didn't choose, to check for hidden options?

    A publisher-affiliated account answered this directly on BGG in 2023, consistent with the rulebook's "Road Events" section.

    • Satire · Publisher · 2023-01-18
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Road Events
    • Althizor · Community · 2023-01-18

    No. Read only the outcome you picked. Hidden options are very rare, and the game points you to them when they matter.

    Can we refuse to pay an event's cost (like losing gold) and take the 'otherwise' outcome instead?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 3.3.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 3.3 Events and Traits · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • AAbouzeid · Community · 2024-10-10
    • a1bert · Community · 2024-10-10
    • ff2happy · Community · 2023-05-13
    • greenraingw · Community · 2024-04-10disagrees
    • AAbouzeid · Community · 2023-12-26disagrees
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-04-09disagrees

    No. If you are able to pay the cost, you must; 'otherwise' only applies when you can't meet the requirement. A collective cost can be paid from any characters' supplies and the Frosthaven supply combined, but a cost each character must pay can't be covered by the others. A loss inside an outcome is paid as far as possible.

    Can resources in the Frosthaven supply be used to pay event costs?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 3.3, consistent with the rulebook's "Road Events" section.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 3.3 Events and Traits · 2026-10-05
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Road Events
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Campaign Sheet
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04

    Yes, whenever the cost is collective, on road and outpost events alike. Personal costs come from the characters themselves.

    Does a character created during Downtime get the effects of that week's outpost event, such as starting the next scenario poisoned?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 3.3, consistent with the rulebook's "Road Events" section.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 3.3 Events and Traits · 2026-10-05
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Road Events
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-06-28
    • kleep · Community · 2023-06-26
    • HitmanN · Community · 2023-06-26

    No. Event outcomes only affect the characters who were present when the event was resolved, so a newly created character gets neither the penalties nor the benefits.

    Can a character who didn't play the last scenario take part in the following Outpost Phase?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 4.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 4 Outpost General Questions · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • countertorque · Community · 2023-05-08
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-05-16
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-05-17
    • ftl_ftw · Community · 2023-02-06

    Only from Downtime onwards. The characters from the previous scenario handle passage of time, the outpost event (their traits are the ones checked) and building operations; a newly created or returning character joins for that week's Downtime and Construction.

    Does my character's ancestry (Lurker, Quatryl, etc.) count as a trait for event requirements?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 3.3.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 3.3 Events and Traits · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • DobbelB · Community · 2023-02-04
    • jkglife · Community · 2023-02-04
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-09-12

    Yes. Ancestry effectively works as a fourth trait, so an option that needs a Lurker needs a Lurker character in the party.

    If we fail a scenario and replay it immediately, do the previous road or outpost event effects apply again?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 3.3, consistent with the rulebook's "Road Events" section.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 3.3 Events and Traits · 2026-10-05
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Road Events
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-06-26
    • joepunman · Community · 2023-07-10
    • ftl_ftw · Community · 2023-04-24
    • DobbelB · Community · 2024-10-11

    No. An immediate retry draws no road event, and you ignore the earlier event outcomes, so penalties and bonuses aimed at 'the next scenario' are not applied again.

    Can an event make me lose experience below my current level's threshold?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 3.3.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 3.3 Events and Traits · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04

    No. You can't lose experience below the minimum for your current level.

    Does a build or upgrade from an outpost event use up the Construction step's free build?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • rmsgrey · Community · 2023-02-25
    • Ryanelrichie · Community · 2023-02-25
    • albcann · Community · 2023-02-18
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2023-02-10
    • CheddarLimbo · Community · 2023-04-02
    • Vladvonbounce · Community · 2023-02-18disagrees

    No. The event happens outside the Construction step, so its upgrade doesn't count against the one-free-build limit or the morale cost for a second build. It still counts as experiencing a construction for personal quests.

    If my character keeps an event card for later (like the secret from WR-17) and then retires, does it carry over?

    A publisher-affiliated account answered this directly on BGG in 2026.

    • Satire · Publisher · 2026-02-01
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2026-02-01
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-01-03

    Yes. The retiring character passes it on to the player's next character, so keep the card and use it when the follow-up event appears.

    When do we draw a boat event instead of a road event?

    The rulebook answers this in "Boat Events", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Boat Events
    • DoctaWho · Community · 2023-01-19
    • Ryanelrichie · Community · 2023-01-19
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-03-11
    • a1bert · Community · 2024-03-11
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2023-06-22

    When you travel to a sea scenario marked with the boat icon in the scenario book using your own boat upgrade. If the flowchart disagrees, the scenario book is right. No boat event is drawn when moving straight into a linked scenario, or when you sail on someone else's ship (as in Scenarios 72 and 73).

    Outpost Attacks and Defense

    For WO-43 and WO-52, is a building wrecked if a negative modifier is drawn with advantage but not used?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 3.3.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 3.3 Events and Traits · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2023-04-22disagrees

    No. The building is only wrecked if the negative card is actually applied, so a negative card discarded by advantage doesn't wreck anything.

    How does winter outpost event WO-81 resolve?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 3.3.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 3.3 Events and Traits · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2023-02-16
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2023-02-25
    • CheddarLimbo · Community · 2023-02-25
    • brianjudd · Community · 2023-02-16disagrees

    First set X from your Coral Shard (Coral Crown) stickers. Then make X attacks in total, hitting the same building again and again; a failed check wrecks it outright (there's no damaged step here), and the remaining attacks move to the next building. Wrecked buildings use their wrecked side in this outpost phase and can only be rebuilt during Construction.

    What happens in an outpost attack when there are no more valid buildings to target?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 3.3, consistent with the rulebook's "Attack Events" section.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 3.3 Events and Traits · 2026-10-05
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Attack Events
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • QBert80 · Community · 2023-12-03
    • Majushi · Community · 2023-12-04
    • Alphaeus · Community · 2022-11-23

    The attack simply ends. Each building can be targeted only once, wrecked buildings are skipped, and if the attack has no target priority the party picks which buildings are hit.

    What are Frosthaven's starting defense, morale and prosperity?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 2, consistent with the rulebook's "Campaign Sheet" section.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 2 Component and First Time Setup Questions · 2026-10-05
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Campaign Sheet
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • Althizor · Community · 2022-11-25
    • General_C · Community · 2022-11-25
    • DobbelB · Community · 2025-02-16
    • General_C · Community · 2023-12-05
    • Ryanelrichie · Community · 2023-02-20
    • DobbelB · Community · 2022-12-16

    Prosperity starts at 1 with no boxes marked. Morale isn't used until Scenario 1's conclusion sets it. Total defense starts at 0 and then uses the modifier for the current morale (which can make it negative) plus +5 for each wall built; soldiers aren't part of defense.

    Do we start the campaign with any soldiers?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 2, consistent with the rulebook's "Building Deck" section.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 2 Component and First Time Setup Questions · 2026-10-05
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Building Deck
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • albcann · Community · 2023-02-04
    • rmsgrey · Community · 2023-02-04

    Yes, four. The Barracks is in the starting building deck, and its one-time effect gives +4 soldiers when the campaign begins.

    What happens if we gain soldiers beyond the Barracks' capacity?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 4.1, consistent with the rulebook's "Campaign Sheet" section.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 4.1 Specific Building Questions · 2026-10-05
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Campaign Sheet
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • JimA759 · Community · 2024-12-13

    The extra soldiers are simply not gained; the Barracks level caps how many you can have.

    How do soldiers help in an outpost attack?

    The rulebook answers this in "Defense Checks", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Defense Checks
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-08-08
    • DobbelB · Community · 2023-08-08
    • DMRage · Community · 2023-01-02
    • DobbelB · Community · 2024-12-29
    • JustAGuyPlayin · Community · 2024-12-29
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2025-04-14

    Before drawing for a defense check, while the Barracks isn't wrecked, you may lose any number of soldiers. Losing any gives that check advantage and lowers its attack value by the Barracks amount per soldier. Each targeted building is a separate check, so soldiers lost help only that one, and even a check reduced to 0 can still fail on a negative town guard card.

    Does failing a defense check wreck the building?

    The rulebook answers this in "Defense Checks", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Defense Checks
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Damaged Buildings
    • KangaxxTheLich · Community · 2023-04-17
    • CheddarLimbo · Community · 2023-04-17
    • DoctaWho · Community · 2023-02-10
    • Althizor · Community · 2023-02-10

    Usually not. A failed check damages the building, and you must immediately pay its repair cost (the front of its card) or lose 1 morale. A building is only wrecked by the 'wrecked' town guard card or when the attack event says so.

    When is the town guard deck reshuffled?

    The rulebook answers this in "Defense Checks", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Defense Checks
    • Steinman · Community · 2023-01-17
    • kylewolfson · Community · 2023-09-11
    • rmsgrey · Community · 2023-09-11
    • DoctaWho · Community · 2023-02-10

    After the whole attack event has been resolved, and during it only if the deck runs out; not after each building.

    On an attack event, does '+10 strength' raise the attack value or our defense?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • Game Knight · Community · 2025-12-28
    • ddturnerphd · Community · 2024-11-29
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-09-05

    It raises the attack value, so you need a higher defense total to hold each building.

    Do we still get the reward listed at the bottom of an attack event if buildings were damaged or wrecked?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • gerardledoux · Community · 2023-02-09
    • JimA759 · Community · 2023-08-25
    • kylewolfson · Community · 2023-08-25

    Yes. The rewards listed after the attack are gained whatever the outcome of the defense checks.

    Can the town walls be damaged or wrecked by an outpost attack?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • dwarf74 · Community · 2025-02-12
    • DobbelB · Community · 2025-02-12

    No. Only buildings with building cards can be targeted, damaged or wrecked; walls just add their +5 defense.

    When do we apply a town guard perk and read its section after earning three checkmarks?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 4.1, consistent with the rulebook's "Campaign Sheet" section.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 4.1 Specific Building Questions · 2026-10-05
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Campaign Sheet
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • DoctaWho · Community · 2023-03-20
    • General_C · Community · 2023-03-12disagrees

    You can do it right after completing the scenario that earned the third checkmark, so the perk is ready for the next outpost phase. When you gain a perk mark you may pick any perk; there's no order.

    Is the +30 Frostguard card added by event SO-62 a misprint for +20?

    A publisher-affiliated account answered this directly on BGG in 2024.

    • Satire · Publisher · 2024-03-28
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-03-28

    No. The town guard deck has two rolling +10 cards, one +20 and one +30 Frostguard card; SO-62 adds the +30 and a different event (SR-45) adds the +20.

    Buildings and Construction

    Which buildings do we start with, and what can we build at the beginning of the campaign?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 4, consistent with the rulebook's "Building Deck" section.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 4 Outpost General Questions · 2026-10-05
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Building Deck
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • joepunman · Community · 2023-02-06
    • ftl_ftw · Community · 2023-02-06
    • DoctaWho · Community · 2023-02-23
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-01-21
    • ddturnerphd · Community · 2023-04-09
    • JoshuasJots · Community · 2025-01-06

    You start with the Barracks, Alchemist, Craftsman and Workshop at level 1. Right away you can build the Logging Camp, Mining Camp and Hunting Lodge from their foundations, build Wall J (prosperity 1), upgrade the Craftsman or Alchemist, or add one of the Workshop's three travel tools. You don't need anyone to retire first; retirement only unlocks new foundations.

    How do walls work when they have no building cards?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 4.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 4 Outpost General Questions · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • Althizor · Community · 2022-11-26
    • General_C · Community · 2022-11-28
    • amccalib · Community · 2023-02-20
    • joepunman · Community · 2022-12-28
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2023-02-27

    Each wall section you build gives Frosthaven a permanent +5 defense. Walls have no cards and no prosperity bonus, but building one uses your build for that Construction step and counts as a build for personal quests. Only Wall J is available at prosperity 1; the others need higher prosperity.

    What do the build costs on the map and on building cards mean?

    The rulebook answers this in "Build", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Build
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Upgrade
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • spfedy · Community · 2022-12-13
    • iron_n_wine · Community · 2022-12-13
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-02-19
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2023-02-19
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-03-01

    The costs are listed in order: prosperity required, lumber, metal, hide, then gold. The cost printed on the map or on a level 0 sticker is for building level 1, while the cost on a building card is for upgrading it to the next level; a '-1 morale' shown there is part of the upgrade cost.

    What do we do when a building envelope is unlocked, and can we build it in the same Outpost Phase?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 4, consistent with the rulebook's "Unlocking New Buildings" section.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 4 Outpost General Questions · 2026-10-05
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Unlocking New Buildings
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • CheddarLimbo · Community · 2023-11-05
    • loren_dambrosio · Community · 2023-11-06
    • DobbelB · Community · 2024-08-31
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-03-24

    Place its level 0 foundation sticker right away and look through the envelope, apart from the card decks in Envelopes B and 81. The foundation is free, but level 1 must still be built at its normal cost; you can do that in the Construction step of the same Outpost Phase. The building's one-time effects, usually +1 prosperity, happen when level 1 is built.

    Can we look at higher-level building cards for buildings we have unlocked?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • jkglife · Community · 2023-02-03
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-05-13
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-02-08

    Yes. Every level of an unlocked building's card can be inspected, though whatever those levels unlock may be a surprise. Just don't browse other decks or read sections ahead.

    What do the sun and moon symbols on building cards mean?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 4, consistent with the rulebook's "3. Building Operations" section.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 4 Outpost General Questions · 2026-10-05
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · 3. Building Operations
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • nickwedig · Community · 2025-11-26
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2025-11-26
    • bryguy47 · Community · 2025-10-20
    • a1bert · Community · 2025-12-29

    The sun effect is resolved once in the Building Operations step, going through the deck in building-number order; most are optional, but wrecked effects are mandatory. The moon effects are interactions characters can use during Downtime, such as crafting or brewing.

    How many times can we use the Logging Camp, Mining Camp or Hunting Lodge, and who pays and receives?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 4.1.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 4.1 Specific Building Questions · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • rmsgrey · Community · 2022-12-06
    • Trexxenn · Community · 2025-11-30
    • KangaxxTheLich · Community · 2023-12-14
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2022-12-07
    • loren_dambrosio · Community · 2023-10-15
    • SpecterNight · Community · 2022-12-06disagrees

    Once per party per Outpost Phase, buying up to the amount the building allows, so a level 1 Mining Camp gives at most 1 metal in total; the price is per resource. The resources are collective: any active character or the Frosthaven supply can take them, and any character can pay, even if someone else receives them.

    If we spend morale for a second build, can we upgrade the same building twice in one Outpost Phase?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 4, consistent with the rulebook's "5. Construction" section.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 4 Outpost General Questions · 2026-10-05
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · 5. Construction
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • DobbelB · Community · 2023-01-01
    • albcann · Community · 2023-04-11
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-04-11
    • ftl_ftw · Community · 2023-03-26

    Yes. Spending 2 morale (1 with a level 2 Carpenter) allows a second build or upgrade, which still costs its normal resources and gold, and it can go on the building you just built or upgraded as long as you meet both prosperity requirements. Resolve each level's one-time effects.

    Do the sled, boat and climbing gear count as building upgrades?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 4.1.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 4.1 Specific Building Questions · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-05-17
    • DMRage · Community · 2022-12-17
    • yogibbear · Community · 2023-02-26
    • skizzy00 · Community · 2022-12-10

    Yes, in every respect. They are built in the Construction step, use up your build for that phase (a second costs morale as usual), and count toward personal quests about building or upgrading.

    How do we upgrade the Barracks?

    A publisher-affiliated account answered this directly on BGG in 2023, and the official FAQ agrees.

    • Satire · Publisher · 2023-01-03
    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 4.1 Specific Building Questions · 2026-10-05
    • proteininja · Community · 2023-01-01
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2023-05-09
    • CheddarLimbo · Community · 2023-02-14

    Not at first: the Barracks has no normal upgrade cost, and the game will tell you expressly when an upgrade becomes possible. A building's level isn't tied to prosperity, so the Barracks has no prosperity requirement when that time comes.

    Do building stickers ever need to be removed from the map?

    A publisher-affiliated account answered this directly on BGG in 2020.

    • Satire · Publisher · 2020-11-02

    No. Once placed, a building sticker stays for the rest of the campaign; new levels are stuck on top.

    How do we read the prosperity track, and what does a higher prosperity level do?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 4, consistent with the rulebook's "Campaign Sheet" section.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 4 Outpost General Questions · 2026-10-05
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Campaign Sheet
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • General_C · Community · 2023-01-08
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2023-02-02
    • Gopher of Pern · Community · 2023-05-10
    • Altropos · Community · 2022-12-23
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-11-07

    Each point of prosperity marks one box, and your level only goes up when you mark a large numbered box; the grey boxes are just counting aids every five boxes. Prosperity sets which building levels you can build, the free levels characters can take (up to half the prosperity, rounded up) and new characters' starting gold. It doesn't add items by itself: new items come from upgrading buildings like the Craftsman.

    How does the party gain prosperity?

    The rulebook answers this in "Build", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Build
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Retire a Character
    • ieatthem · Community · 2023-02-24
    • DoctaWho · Community · 2023-02-24
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-03-14
    • cjmizanin · Community · 2023-03-14

    From the one-time bonus when you build or upgrade most buildings, from some events and scenario rewards, and from retirements: each completed personal quest at retirement gives 2 prosperity, including an extra quest bought with inspiration.

    Where does the gold for building and upgrading come from?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • JoannaPlay · Community · 2023-03-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-03-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-02-04

    The characters pay it. Gold isn't a resource, and the Frosthaven supply can't hold gold, so building gold always comes from character sheets.

    What can inspiration be spent on?

    The rulebook answers this in "Campaign Sheet", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Campaign Sheet
    • Peter_panq · Community · 2022-12-08
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-10-10
    • Gloomwing · Community · 2023-06-05
    • Not_People · Community · 2022-12-08
    • Lotharhill · Community · 2025-08-26

    In place of an equal amount of lumber, metal or hide when paying building costs (building, upgrading, repairing or rebuilding), but not for crafting or brewing. A retiring character can also spend 15 inspiration to complete an extra personal quest. The party gains 4 minus the number of characters after each completed scenario, so a party of four only gets it from other rewards.

    What's the difference between repairing a damaged building and rebuilding a wrecked one, and when do we pay?

    The rulebook answers this in "Damaged Buildings", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Damaged Buildings
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Wrecked Buildings
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · 5. Construction
    • demoss1 · Community · 2023-04-17
    • KangaxxTheLich · Community · 2023-04-17
    • Ganashal · Community · 2023-11-28
    • Ganashal · Community · 2024-01-31
    • thebaker1983 · Community · 2025-03-04
    • DobbelB · Community · 2025-02-21
    • HitmanN · Community · 2023-04-17disagrees

    After the attack event is fully resolved, each damaged building must be repaired immediately with its repair cost (any material resources, such as two of the same type) or you lose 1 morale instead. A wrecked building flips to its wrecked side until rebuilt with the cost on the back, during Construction after any builds; morale can't pay for that. Rebuilding doesn't use up your build for the phase, and you don't need to build something first.

    Does the Carpenter reduce costs by one material of each type, and does it discount repairs?

    The rulebook answers this in "Carpenter", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Carpenter
    • DobbelB · Community · 2025-10-20
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2025-10-20
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-02-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-06-16

    Neither. It reduces each build, upgrade or rebuild by one material resource in total, and it doesn't apply to repairing a damaged building. At level 2 it also cuts the morale cost of a second build to 1.

    How does the Garden work?

    The rulebook answers this in "Garden", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Garden
    • rmsgrey · Community · 2023-02-19
    • Ryanelrichie · Community · 2023-02-19
    • CheddarLimbo · Community · 2023-02-07
    • andrewbwm · Community · 2026-05-09

    During Building Operations you may spend one herb to put a matching sticker on a plot (or cover an existing one). Planted plots keep producing, so you don't need a new sticker each time: when the Garden is harvested (every two weeks at first) you gain one matching herb per planted plot. Rotate its card each phase to track the cycle.

    What does a wrecked building stop us from doing?

    The rulebook answers this in "Wrecked Buildings", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Wrecked Buildings
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · 4. Downtime
    • rmsgrey · Community · 2023-01-09
    • QBert80 · Community · 2023-01-09
    • QBert80 · Community · 2024-01-31
    • nickwedig · Community · 2025-11-26

    Only what its wrecked side says, plus all of its Downtime interactions. A wrecked Alchemist that says potions can't be used means no potions at all, even ones you already own, while a wrecked Workshop doesn't stop you using a boat or sled you've already built.

    How do the Ancient Coins for building 74 work, and can we build level 3 before finding the third coin?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 4.1.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 4.1 Specific Building Questions · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • coerciveutopian · Community · 2023-06-10
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-04-06

    The coins are party items found one at a time from special loot cards and events; they belong to no character and never return to a supply. Level 3 has an errata requirement of already owning the first three coins, so you can't build it before then.

    Building 81 Trials, Favors and Pets

    How do the Building 81 trials work?

    A publisher-affiliated account answered this directly on BGG in 2024, and the official FAQ agrees.

    • Satire · Publisher · 2024-06-17
    • Satire · Publisher · 2024-06-18
    • Satire · Publisher · 2024-02-07
    • Satire · Publisher · 2022-12-28
    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 4.3 Building 81 Questions · 2026-10-05
    • dbaker · Community · 2024-02-19
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04

    Don't shuffle or look through the trial deck; it's drawn in a fixed order (first printings must reverse it first, per the errata). Set it aside until the building is built. Trials belong to players, not characters: each player has at most one, even when running two characters, keeps it through retirement and draws the next when it's done. Opening Envelope A from PQ 23 builds level 2 for free.

    Should players who only attend now and then be given a Building 81 trial?

    A publisher-affiliated account answered this directly on BGG in 2024.

    • Satire · Publisher · 2024-05-05

    Missing the odd session is fine, but a player who will be absent for several sessions in a row shouldn't draw one, because the progression only finishes when every trial is complete.

    Do we use the Building 81 trials when playing solo?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 7.2.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 7.2 Solo Scenario Questions · 2026-10-05
    • Althizor · Community · 2024-02-20
    • DobbelB · Community · 2024-02-20
    • Althizor · Community · 2024-06-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04

    No. Trials are for multiplayer play; a solo campaign follows an alternate task from the building's sections instead, and solo scenarios never use trials or their rewards.

    How does the final Trial of Victory work if battle goals are supposed to be secret?

    A publisher-affiliated account answered this directly on BGG in 2023.

    • Satire · Publisher · 2023-05-12
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2023-05-12

    For this trial the party works together: you stop the other players drawing their own battle goals and assign goals to them yourself, even if you can't explain why.

    Does the Trial of Inquisition succeed if I guess just one of a character's several battle goals?

    A publisher-affiliated account answered this directly on BGG in 2023.

    • Satire · Publisher · 2023-11-06

    Yes. Correctly naming any one of that character's battle goals completes the trial, even when they have several.

    With the Trial of Strategy, do I still get checkmarks for the battle goals I complete if I fail the others?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-07-20
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2023-04-19
    • ZekeCooper · Community · 2023-04-19

    Yes. Each battle goal is scored normally, so you earn checkmarks for every one you achieve; the trial itself only succeeds if you achieve all of them in one scenario.

    How much does the Wealth favor cost, and how does it count coins?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 4.3.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 4.3 Building 81 Questions · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • dfan · Community · 2023-07-02
    • Gabethebabe · Community · 2023-07-02
    • marlowc · Community · 2023-07-02

    It costs 2 points, not the 1 printed in Appendix F. Its bonus is per coin, so a loot card worth three coins gets the bonus three times.

    Do we keep pets captured for the Stables (building 88) if we lose the scenario, and can we use a pet in the scenario where we caught it?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 4.1.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 4.1 Specific Building Questions · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • Lorandar · Community · 2023-07-04
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-07-04
    • loren_dambrosio · Community · 2023-06-17
    • QBert80 · Community · 2023-11-30
    • QBert80 · Community · 2023-11-30

    You keep captured pets even if the scenario is lost, and they count for capture quests. A new pet can't be used in the scenario it was caught in, though, because pets are chosen during scenario setup.

    Leveling Up, Perks and Masteries

    Does a mastery have to be completed within a single scenario, and does the scenario have to be won?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 3.1, consistent with the rulebook's "Completed Scenario" section.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 3.1 Masteries · 2026-10-05
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Completed Scenario
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • Mtauman · Community · 2023-02-24
    • rmsgrey · Community · 2023-02-26
    • Zom B · Community · 2023-03-31
    • ftl_ftw · Community · 2023-02-21
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-05-30
    • woodnoggin · Community · 2023-05-12

    Yes to both. The whole requirement must be met during one scenario, progress never carries over, and you only get it if the party completes that scenario. Being exhausted yourself is fine as long as the scenario is won. Each mastery gives one perk mark, once per character.

    Can I complete a mastery in Scenario 0?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 3.1.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 3.1 Masteries · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04

    No. Scenario 0 is deliberately easy, so masteries can't be achieved there; the second printing adds this to the scenario.

    If a mastery requires doing something every round, do I still get it if I become exhausted?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 3.1.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 3.1 Masteries · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-06
    • SilentMix · Community · 2023-01-06disagrees

    Yes. 'Every round' means every round in which you take a turn, so as long as you met it each round you acted and the scenario is completed, you earn it.

    Can I exhaust and still complete a mastery that needs a summon to survive to the end of the scenario?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 3.1.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 3.1 Masteries · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04

    No. Exhausting removes your summons from the map before the scenario ends, so the summon hasn't survived.

    What's the difference between checkmarks and perk marks, and what happens after 18 checkmarks?

    The rulebook answers this in "Perks", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Perks
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Battle Goals
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-03-29
    • jeffwolfe · Community · 2023-02-04
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-02-03
    • Solmyr1414 · Community · 2023-04-30
    • DobbelB · Community · 2023-04-30
    • kleep · Community · 2023-05-14
    • Fintenhex · Community · 2023-03-29disagrees

    Battle goals (and some rewards) give checkmarks; every three checkmarks earn one perk mark, up to six perk marks from 18 checkmarks. A reward that says 'gain a checkmark' is just one checkmark. Checkmarks beyond 18 do nothing, but you can still gain perks from leveling, masteries and retirements.

    Where do perk marks come from?

    The rulebook answers this in "Perks", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Perks
    • General_C · Community · 2023-10-25
    • General_C · Community · 2023-11-06
    • RazR · Community · 2023-06-28
    • Jamie513 · Community · 2023-06-28
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-05-20

    One for every level gained, one for every three checkmarks, one for each mastery achieved, and, for a new character, one for each character that player has previously retired. A perk takes effect as soon as you gain it, even outside an Outpost Phase.

    If a perk says to replace a -1 card but I have no -1 cards left, do I still add the new card?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • a1bert · Community · 2024-11-27
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-11-27

    Yes. Add the replacement card anyway; some perks are designed to remove a -1 that another perk added.

    What does the 'ignore negative item effects' perk cover?

    The rulebook answers this in "Perks", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Perks
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-02-16
    • DoctaWho · Community · 2023-02-16
    • Solmyr1414 · Community · 2023-04-30
    • DobbelB · Community · 2023-04-30

    Only the -1 modifier cards some items add to your deck when you bring them. It doesn't cancel other drawbacks written on an item, such as a cursed item's effect. You add the perk's own card once, not once per item.

    Does an 'ignore scenario effects' perk let me ignore a scenario's special rules?

    The rulebook answers this in "Perks", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Perks
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-08-12
    • DoctaWho · Community · 2023-02-18

    No. It only covers effects printed in the scenario's Scenario Effects box; the special rules, terrain and other rules still apply to you.

    How does leveling up through prosperity work, and do I have to do it immediately?

    The rulebook answers this in "Level Up", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Level Up
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Prosperity Leveling
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · 5. Construction
    • rmsgrey · Community · 2023-10-06
    • nickwedig · Community · 2025-05-13
    • countertorque · Community · 2025-05-13
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-02-25
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-08-22
    • SteoanK · Community · 2024-02-25disagrees

    A character whose level is below half the prosperity level, rounded up, may level up for free during Downtime, even several times, up to exactly that level (prosperity 5 allows level 3); their experience is set to the new level's requirement. It's optional and can be delayed. It also applies straight away when a Construction-step build raises prosperity.

    Can a level 9 character also get the other level 9 card?

    The rulebook answers this in "Level Up", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Level Up
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Character Respeccing
    • ftl_ftw · Community · 2023-04-06
    • jabooty3 · Community · 2023-04-06

    No. Each level up adds one card, so at level 9 you have only one of the two level 9 cards. The only way to switch is the respec variant.

    When do I gain an action's experience, and can I refuse it?

    The rulebook answers this in "Experience", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Experience
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Mandatory Triggers
    • Emeriel · Community · 2023-03-31
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-03-31
    • DoctaWho · Community · 2023-01-05
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2023-01-30
    • nindroid20 · Community · 2023-01-30
    • don_lope · Community · 2025-10-09

    You gain it, mandatorily, whenever you perform any part of the action, and only once per action unless the card says 'for each target'. If you can't perform any of its abilities (an attack with no valid target, for example) you get none, and the basic Attack 2 or Move 2 never gives it. Experience tied to a conditional effect only comes if you pay for that effect.

    Do level X cards count as level 1 cards?

    The rulebook answers this in "Character Ability Cards", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Character Ability Cards
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • BonusJonas · Community · 2023-04-10
    • DobbelB · Community · 2023-04-10

    Yes, for all purposes, including items and perks that care about card level.

    Crafting, Potions and Shopping

    How does crafting work: do I pay everything listed, can I use the Frosthaven supply, and how many items can I craft?

    The rulebook answers this in "Craft Items", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Craft Items
    • DoctaWho · Community · 2022-12-19
    • rmsgrey · Community · 2022-12-19
    • Lasserini · Community · 2024-03-26
    • bartoszopka · Community · 2023-03-13
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2023-04-18
    • loren_dambrosio · Community · 2023-05-08
    • QBert80 · Community · 2023-03-10

    You pay every cost listed (a dividing line isn't an 'or'), and an item used as an ingredient is spent and returns to the available supply. Material resources must come from the crafting character's own supply, while herbs may come from the Frosthaven supply. There's no limit on how many items you craft in an Outpost Phase, so you can craft a component and then the item that needs it.

    Can I craft an item whose recipe needs items we haven't unlocked yet?

    The rulebook answers this in "Craft Items", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Craft Items
    • Lorandar · Community · 2023-06-15
    • marlowc · Community · 2023-01-27
    • DobbelB · Community · 2023-01-27
    • DobbelB · Community · 2023-06-28
    • ftl_ftw · Community · 2023-06-28

    No. You need the component items first. The only substitution allowed is when every copy of an unlocked component is owned by other party members: then you can pay that component's own cost instead.

    How much do items sell for, and can I sell before the shop is built?

    The rulebook answers this in "Sell Items", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Sell Items
    • rmsgrey · Community · 2023-01-30
    • General_C · Community · 2023-01-30
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-07-26
    • CheddarLimbo · Community · 2023-01-17
    • thebaker1983 · Community · 2022-12-14
    • bartoszopka · Community · 2023-03-02

    A purchasable item sells for half its gold cost, rounded down, and a craftable item for 2 gold per resource or item in its own recipe (you don't count further down the crafting tree). Selling is a normal Downtime activity, available from the start; sold items go to the available supply. Random items sell like any other item with a gold cost.

    Can potions be sold for gold?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 9.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 9 Items (General) · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-12-31
    • Althizor · Community · 2023-08-23
    • ddturnerphd · Community · 2023-02-17
    • General_C · Community · 2023-02-23disagrees
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-07-27disagrees

    Yes. A potion sells for 4 or 6 gold, depending on whether two or three herbs were used to brew it. Potions can also be distilled once the Alchemist is level 2. If you brew a potion when no copy is left to take, you sell it at once.

    Are potions crafted at the Craftsman, and can I give a potion to another character?

    The rulebook answers this in "Brew Potions", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Brew Potions
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-07-22
    • DobbelB · Community · 2023-07-22
    • QBert80 · Community · 2023-02-12
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-02-25
    • General_C · Community · 2023-02-25

    Potions are only brewed at the Alchemist, by spending any two herbs (three at level 3) and checking the alchemy chart; they're never taken free from the craftable supply. The brewer may keep the potion or immediately give it to another party member.

    How does Unhealthy Mixture (item 098) work: is it free, and what can it be distilled into?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 9.1, consistent with the rulebook's "Alchemist: Level 2" section.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 9.1 Items (Specific) · 2026-10-05
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Alchemist: Level 2
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2023-02-03
    • Nehiel · Community · 2025-07-25
    • DobbelB · Community · 2025-07-25
    • muddgirl · Community · 2023-12-31
    • DobbelB · Community · 2024-02-17

    It isn't free: like every potion, you get it by brewing a combination the alchemy chart shows for it, and it has several such windows. With a level 2 Alchemist you can distill it into any herb from any of its revealed recipes, which is intended. It's also useful as a crafting ingredient.

    What is the alchemy chart's '2 or more the same' box?

    The rulebook answers this in "Alchemist: Level 3", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Alchemist: Level 3
    • tempus42 · Community · 2025-03-04
    • rmsgrey · Community · 2025-03-04
    • DoctaWho · Community · 2023-02-10
    • Conquistadorx90 · Community · 2023-01-08
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-02-11
    • Garthon · Community · 2023-03-06disagrees

    It's a three-herb recipe, available once the Alchemist is level 3: any three herbs where at least two are the same type (three identical included) all make that one potion, and it can't be distilled. Three-herb potions made from three different herbs can be distilled.

    If a reward gives me a potion, does its window on the alchemy chart open, and can I distill it?

    The rulebook answers this in "Alchemist: Level 2", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Alchemist: Level 2
    • Nimbex · Community · 2023-07-28
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-07-28

    No. Receiving a potion isn't brewing, so its window stays closed, and an unrevealed potion can't be distilled until someone brews that combination.

    Can characters buy items whenever they like?

    A publisher-affiliated account answered this directly on BGG in 2022, consistent with the rulebook's "Sell Items" section.

    • Themris · Publisher · 2022-02-28
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Sell Items
    • General_C · Community · 2023-01-07
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-07

    No. Until building 37 (the Trading Stall) is built, items from the purchasable supply can only be bought with a new character's starting gold or when an effect specifically allows it. New characters buy their starting gear from the available purchasable supply even if the shop is wrecked or unbuilt.

    When an event or treasure gives us an item or blueprint, what becomes available?

    The rulebook answers this in "Item Supplies", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Item Supplies
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Treasures
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-08-09
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-02-13
    • crashace · Community · 2023-01-19
    • Batvalent · Community · 2023-01-07
    • DoctaWho · Community · 2023-02-12
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2023-03-18

    Gaining an item gives one character that single copy; the other copies stay unavailable until something unlocks them. Gaining a blueprint gives no item, but moves every copy of it into the available craftable supply. A random item comes from the purple deck as a single copy, while a random blueprint (blue deck) unlocks all copies of that item.

    Why are items 59 to 65 kept out of the random item blueprint deck?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • a1bert · Community · 2023-05-30
    • DobbelB · Community · 2023-05-30
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-05-03
    • a1bert · Community · 2024-05-03

    The Welcome to Frosthaven setup splits the random blueprint deck. The set-aside part is added later, when the Alchemist reaches level 3 and its section tells you to.

    Can resources be shared between characters or taken back out of the Frosthaven supply?

    The rulebook answers this in "Campaign Sheet", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Campaign Sheet
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Resources
    • ftl_ftw · Community · 2023-02-03
    • jkglife · Community · 2023-05-09
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-01-16
    • any2cards · Community · 2024-01-16
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-04-05

    Characters can't trade resources, and anything moved into the Frosthaven supply can't be taken back into a personal supply. Collective costs, such as building, can be paid from any mix of personal supplies and the town supply, and herbs in the town supply can be used by anyone for crafting or brewing.

    Is it legal to craft cheap items and sell them to turn resources into gold?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2023-01-23
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-23
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-06-23
    • DobbelB · Community · 2024-06-23

    Yes. Crafting and selling are both Downtime activities with no limit, so you can do it as often as you like, though it's rarely worthwhile.

    How does item 113 (Expertise Potion) work with a card that has a lost action and a persistent bonus?

    A publisher-affiliated account answered this directly on BGG in 2024, and the official FAQ agrees.

    • Morthai · Publisher · 2024-09-05
    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 9.1 Items (Specific) · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • DobbelB · Community · 2024-09-05
    • a1bert · Community · 2024-02-20

    The persistent half effectively becomes a persistent loss, so the card goes to your lost pile when that bonus ends. The two bonuses also stay independent: a round bonus still ends at the end of the round. You can't perform two loss actions from one card, though the other half can still be used for a basic action.

    Can I use item 109 to refresh a potion and drink it twice in one turn?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 9.1.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 9.1 Items (Specific) · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • ftl_ftw · Community · 2024-02-16
    • Lasserini · Community · 2024-02-16

    Sometimes. A potion without a round bonus icon, such as a healing potion, can be refreshed and used again. One with a round bonus can't, since round bonuses can't be dismissed, and ending the first one would cancel its effect anyway.

    Does the Frosthaven Power Potion boost every attack I make that turn?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • General_C · Community · 2023-03-01
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-06-08
    • a1bert · Community · 2024-06-09
    • JackFrosttiger · Community · 2023-04-24
    • Bernaar · Community · 2024-06-09disagrees

    Yes. It was reworded from the Gloomhaven version, which boosted one attack action, so it adds +1 to all of your attacks that turn, every target of an area attack included.

    When are Glancing Potion (093) and Precision Potion (110) used, and do they work on my summons' attacks?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 9.1.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 9.1 Items (Specific) · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • demoss1 · Community · 2024-07-19
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-03-12
    • rmsgrey · Community · 2024-03-18
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-01-06

    You use them after a null is drawn, without announcing anything beforehand, and they work when the null comes up on one of your summons' attacks, since it's your deck. The change applies before advantage or disadvantage picks a card, and the null's shuffle icon still counts.

    Can I use a Stamina Potion to recover the card I just played?

    The rulebook answers this in "Character Ability Cards", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Character Ability Cards
    • Mtauman · Community · 2023-03-11
    • rmsgrey · Community · 2023-03-11
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-01-14
    • ftl_ftw · Community · 2024-01-14

    Yes, once that card has reached your discard pile, which happens as soon as its action finishes. You can't use it mid-move to rescue the card you're still playing, and a round-bonus card stays in your active area until the round ends.

    Enhancements

    Is there a limit on how many enhancements a character can have?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 4.2.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 4.2 Enhancements · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • DoctaWho · Community · 2023-02-10
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-02-10

    No, apart from the enhancement marks printed on the cards. Gloomhaven's prosperity-based cap doesn't exist in Frosthaven. Enhancing is unlocked by building the Enhancer (building 44).

    Do abilities that only hit multiple targets conditionally, or summons with a built-in multi-target attack, cost double to enhance?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 4.2, consistent with the rulebook's "Appendix D: Enhancement Costs" section.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 4.2 Enhancements · 2026-10-05
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Appendix D: Enhancement Costs
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-06-03
    • DobbelB · Community · 2024-06-02
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-10-05
    • QBert80 · Community · 2023-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-06-01disagrees

    Yes to both. An ability that can affect several figures pays double even if the extra targets depend on an element or a condition, and enhancing the attack or range of a summon whose attack has multiple targets is doubled too. Both are changes from Gloomhaven.

    When do the Enhancer's level 2 to 4 discounts apply?

    The designer ruled on this directly on BGG in 2022, and the official FAQ agrees, consistent with the rulebook's "Appendix D: Enhancement Costs" section.

    • Cephalofair · Designer · 2022-12-21
    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 4.1 Specific Building Questions · 2026-10-05
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Appendix D: Enhancement Costs
    • General_C · Community · 2023-03-25
    • General_C · Community · 2025-02-11
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04

    After every other modifier. Level 2's 10 gold off comes last, after doubling or halving (for example 50 × 2 ÷ 2 − 10 = 40). Level 3 cuts each card-level penalty by 10 (15 instead of 25), and level 4 cuts each existing-enhancement penalty by 25 (50 instead of 75).

    Are summon stat enhancements halved for a lost card or tripled as persistent?

    The rulebook answers this in "Appendix D: Enhancement Costs", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Appendix D: Enhancement Costs
    • DobbelB · Community · 2023-03-13
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-03-13
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-03-13

    Neither. Summon actions are persistent, so the lost-card halving doesn't apply, and summon stat enhancements are explicitly exempt from the persistent tripling. Only doubling for an ability that summons several figures can apply.

    Does the triple cost for persistent abilities apply to every ability on that card half?

    The rulebook answers this in "Appendix D: Enhancement Costs", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Appendix D: Enhancement Costs
    • dbaker · Community · 2023-09-10
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-09-10

    No. It only applies when the ability you're enhancing gives a persistent bonus; a separate one-time ability on the same action is priced normally.

    Does the +75 gold penalty for existing enhancements count the whole card or just that action?

    The rulebook answers this in "Appendix D: Enhancement Costs", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Appendix D: Enhancement Costs
    • ddturnerphd · Community · 2024-10-27
    • DobbelB · Community · 2024-10-27

    Just the action. A second enhancement on the same action costs extra, even on another stat of the same summon, but enhancing the top and bottom halves of one card are separate actions.

    How much does adding a hex to an area attack cost?

    The rulebook answers this in "Appendix D: Enhancement Costs", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Appendix D: Enhancement Costs
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-08-02
    • DobbelB · Community · 2024-10-11
    • ddturnerphd · Community · 2024-10-11
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2023-05-27
    • ftl_ftw · Community · 2023-05-27

    200 gold divided by the number of hexes already in the pattern, rounded up, counting only the red target hexes (not grey or blue ones), so a one-red-hex pattern costs the full 200. Target, area hex and element enhancements are never doubled for multiple targets.

    What do the enhancement mark shapes allow?

    The rulebook answers this in "Purchase Enhancements", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Purchase Enhancements
    • DobbelB · Community · 2023-05-14
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-05-14
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-03-12

    A square takes only a +1 (or Jump on a non-summon move), a circle also takes elements, a diamond also takes negative conditions, a diamond with a plus also takes positive conditions, and a hex mark takes only an extra hex. Heals have plus diamonds, so they can't be given negative conditions.

    Can enhancements be removed or replaced, and do they stay after a character retires?

    The rulebook answers this in "Purchase Enhancements", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Purchase Enhancements
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Temporary Enhancements
    • DobbelB · Community · 2024-10-28
    • thorbot · Community · 2024-10-28
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2025-10-18

    Under the normal rules they are permanent: they can't be replaced and they stay on the cards for every later character of that class. Only the Temporary Enhancements variant, which is cheaper, removes them at retirement.

    How do enhancements work for Gloomhaven classes played in Frosthaven, including old Curse or Disarm enhancements?

    A publisher-affiliated account answered this directly on BGG in 2021, consistent with the rulebook's "Purchase Enhancements" section.

    • Themris · Publisher · 2021-06-22
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Purchase Enhancements
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Crossover Classes
    • jamesthecmo · Community · 2023-03-19
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-09-17
    • Ganashal · Community · 2024-09-18

    Treat each enhancement dot on a Gloomhaven, Forgotten Circles or Jaws of the Lion card as a diamond, diamond+ or hex mark. A class can keep enhancements it already has, even Disarm or Curse, but can't buy new Disarm or Curse enhancements in Frosthaven; the team advises avoiding them for balance.

    When a reward gives gold to spend on enhancements, can I add my own gold?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • CheddarLimbo · Community · 2023-09-22
    • rmsgrey · Community · 2023-09-22
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-04-17
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-01-20

    Yes. Treat the reward as a discount toward the enhancements you buy then, and pay the rest yourself.

    Game Variants and Solo Scenarios

    What is the difference between casual mode and campaign mode in Frosthaven?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 7, consistent with the rulebook's "Casual Mode" section.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 7 General Scenario Questions · 2026-10-05
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Casual Mode
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04

    Casual mode has no campaign impact at all: no events, no time passing, no experience, loot, resources, quest progress or Outpost Phase, and any unlocked scenario can be played regardless of requirements. Playing in campaign mode works like a normal scenario, with a road event if needed and an Outpost Phase afterwards. This differs from Gloomhaven's casual mode.

    How do random dungeons fit into the campaign, and can Gloomhaven's random dungeon cards be mixed in?

    A publisher-affiliated account answered this directly on BGG in 2021, and the official FAQ agrees, consistent with the rulebook's "Random Dungeons" section.

    • Themris · Publisher · 2021-11-08
    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 7 General Scenario Questions · 2026-10-05
    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Random Dungeons
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04
    • MrPyro · Community · 2026-08-02
    • MethaTM · Community · 2026-08-02

    You can play them in casual or campaign mode; they need no road event, and completing one in campaign mode counts as completing a scenario (bonus experience, battle goals, masteries). Too many campaign-mode random dungeons can distort campaign progression. You can mix in the Gloomhaven random dungeon cards for variety.

    Can Frosthaven be played solo with a single character?

    The rulebook answers this in "Solo Mode", and experienced players agree.

    • Frosthaven rulebook · Rulebook · Solo Mode
    • Bernaar · Community · 2025-02-06
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2025-02-06
    • bigvolfan82bg · Community · 2020-04-01
    • Xaqery · Community · 2020-04-01

    Only in the class solo scenarios. Otherwise solo play means one player running two or more characters with the solo scenario level adjustment.

    In a class solo scenario, can I earn masteries, battle goals, quest progress and inspiration?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 7.2.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 7.2 Solo Scenario Questions · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04

    You can pursue masteries and battle goals and make progress toward retirement, but you gain no inspiration, since a solo scenario's party size is always 1. Leveling, crafting and buying wait until the next normal Downtime.

    Which building features apply in a class solo scenario?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 7.2.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 7.2 Solo Scenario Questions · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04

    Include building 74's special coin cards in the loot deck, but don't buy building 42's blessings beforehand, bring pets, use a Building 81 trial or its rewards, or draw challenges.

    If a solo scenario's goal is 'all enemies are dead', do I have to kill monsters that haven't spawned yet?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 7.2.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 7.2 Solo Scenario Questions · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04

    Yes. Scheduled spawns that haven't appeared are still part of the scenario, so they must be defeated too.

    When can a class solo scenario be played, and how does it fit into the campaign?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • QBert80 · Community · 2023-04-07
    • Jon_dArc · Community · 2023-04-07
    • a1bert · Community · 2023-05-06
    • MrPhilZYX · Community · 2023-02-26
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2024-02-22
    • jkglife · Community · 2023-02-06
    • Ganashal · Community · 2024-04-30

    Once a character of that class reaches level 5; no event or building is needed. It sits outside the normal flow: no road event before it and no Outpost Phase after it. Experience, loot and quest progress still count, and each character (not each campaign) can complete their class's solo scenario once.

    Does the Trap solo scenario's special range rule affect the Snowspeaker's built-in retaliate?

    The official Frosthaven FAQ answers this in section 7.2.

    • Frosthaven FAQ (Cephalofair Games) · Official document · 7.2 Solo Scenario Questions · 2026-10-05
    • dwarf74 · Community · 2023-01-04

    No. The range rule doesn't change the Snowspeaker's inherent retaliate.

    Gloomhaven: Mercenary Pack – Hail, Irritable EnchanterExpansion

    When does an ally get the benefit of Hail's Beneath Me (level 3 top)?

    Only a single forum answer supports this; treat it as a best reading, not a ruling.

    • dwarf74 · Community · 2026-10-08

    The first time an ally within range 3 attacks after you play it that round; allies attacking from farther away get nothing and don't use it up, and it doesn't carry into later rounds.

    Does Hail's level 9 The Power of Enhancement trigger when another character's enhanced summons act?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • dwarf74 · Community · 2026-09-24
    • Ender02 · Community · 2026-09-03

    No. It triggers on actions, meaning card halves a character plays; summons perform abilities but play no cards.

    With Hail's Can't Be Bothered, can several resolve grants go to the same ally?

    Players disagree and there is no official ruling; this is the better-supported reading.

    • dwarf74 · Community · 2026-09-24
    • Ender02 · Community · 2026-09-03disagrees

    Yes. Each grant must go to a figure within range 3, but you may give the extra resolves to the same ally more than once.

    Who does Hail's Bizarre Antics bottom ability affect?

    Several experienced players agree; there is no official ruling.

    • Ender02 · Community · 2026-02-22
    • Taizenium · Community · 2026-02-24

    All allies adjacent to the target of the attack ability, plus Hail herself wherever she is standing.

    Does the Interesting Specimens irritation give Hail resolve every round, and what is her irritation 'pool'?

    Only a single forum answer supports this; treat it as a best reading, not a ruling.

    • skizzy00 · Community · 2026-04-10
    • skizzy00 · Community · 2025-12-05

    No. Its opening 'gain 1 resolve' happens once, when it comes into play; only the 'first time each round' clause keeps working. For her solo item's swap, the pool is the irritation cards she didn't bring into the scenario.